Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi
    The New Zealand Government: A United States SEC Registered Corporation  |  Who Owns New Zealand's Banks - And Australia's Banks - Anyone's Banks?
 
Wake Up Kiwi
 
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi

· Home / Introduction

CURRENT AFFAIRS

· Current Events & Breaking News

· Cabal / Illuminati / NWO Watch

· Mainstream Media Manipulation

· Banking Crimes & Criminals

· Political Crimes & Criminals

· Feature Articles

· Positive Developments

ILLUMINATI / NWO

· NWO Globalist Agenda

· Secret Societies & The Illuminati

· Conspiracy To Rule The World

· What / Who Is "The Crown"?

· Agenda 21 In New Zealand

· Surveillance Society/Police State

· 'Terrorism' & Engineered Wars

· Eugenics / Depopulation Agenda

· Religion As A Tool For Control

· Common Law Vs Statute Law

SCIENCE / TECHNOLOGY

· The Climate Change Scam

· Chemtrails & Geoengineering

· Suppressed Science

· Positive New Technologies

· Cures, Health & Wellbeing

· Dangerous & Dirty Technology

· Spiritual Aspects & Metaphysics

· The Extra-Terrestrial Presence

HISTORY

· Suppressed / Hidden History

· Real New Zealand History

· The Opal File: NZ / AUS History

· 150+ NWO Globalist Quotes

MISCELLANEOUS

· Political Commentary

· Positive Resources

· Resistance, Resources & Links

· Contact



Newsletter archive - click here

Site Search:



























Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi  

Current Events And Breaking News

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Four Words: Weapons Of Media Lies & When Corporate Power Is Your Real Government, Corporate Media Is State Media
October 28 2020 | From: FreedomForum / CaitlinJohnstone / Various

Tyrants and dictators have long understood that control of public information is essential to maintain power. 



Historically, news was spread by word of mouth, public oration by the town crier, or the posting of printed notices in the town square.

Related: People’s Skepticism About Covid-19 Is The Fault Of The Lying Mass Media & A Personal Take On Covid-19 “Conspiracy Theories”

In our time, the speed and reach of all communication has been enormously increased by a large variety of devices that are part of the digital Internet and social media information platform. 

What has never changed, however, is the Machiavellian manipulation of words and phrases to obscure and even conceal the truth. 

The purpose is not to educate, notify, or stimulate logical thought, but to restrict the thought process, limit debate, and thereby dominate the philosophy and actions of individuals and groups.  It is a deceitful process by which individual freedom is stolen by tyrants using the power of the ignorant majority.

Without actually telling a lie, the ultimate prize is to convince a large audience that something you know to be false is absolutely true

Once the successful word formula is devised, minimal phrase changes create multiple different accusations. The ruse is so artful that mesmerized people accept the result as confirmed fact. 



Related: CBS Reporter Calls Mainstream Press ‘Political Activists,’ ‘Propagandists’ + Max Blumental Proves Western Media A Propagandist For War Criminals

This device has been used repeatedly in an attempt to destroy President Trump’s credibility with susceptible voting blocs on key issues. 

The word formula consists of three parts:

1. Allegation by confidential anonymous sources

2. Qualifying phrase

3. Indictment

In practice, the formula looks like this:

1. Anonymous sources have told us that Trump did / said..

2. If this is true...

3. Trump is guilty of...

The use of “confidential sources” is the media’s tool to prevent verification of the allegations. The allegation leads directly to the indictment, because the qualifying phrase, “if this is true”, is usually overlooked, ignored, or quickly forgotten. 

As a result, large groups of voters believe that President Trump colluded with Russia to win the election in 2016 and that he is responsible for thousands of deaths by his mishandling of the Covid-19 pandemic. 

Neither is true.




Facebook FactCheckers Bought and Paid for By Gates Foundation?





Related:
Sharyl Attkisson: Special Interests Behind ‘Dangerous’ Social Media Fact Checks


To be fair and unbiased, the media would have to report the news only after verifying the accuracy of the facts used. 

In America [read: the Western world] today, of course, that just will not happen. 

So, we will have to do their job for them.


"Anonymous sources have told us that Joe Biden’s Brain MRI shows extensive loss of substance in the cerebral cortex consistent with advanced Alzheimers Disease.

If this is true . . . the Democrat plan is for Biden to resign immediately after his inauguration so that Kamala Harris and the ultra-liberal socialists can take over control of the executive branch.  In fact, both Biden and Harris have publicly referred to themselves as the “Harris-Biden” ticket.”



"Anonymous sources in a secret memo have told us that Joe Biden and his son Hunter are receiving millions of campaign dollars from the Communist government of China in return for promises to send advanced military technology to the Chinese Communist regime. 

If this is true . . . Biden and his son are guilty of high treason against the United States.”



"Anonymous sources have told us that George Soros, through numerous shell corporations and with the knowledge of Joe Biden and his campaign leaders, are funding and directing the violent actions of Antifa and Black Lives Matter to destroy American cities. 

If this is true . . . Soros and Biden are guilty of operating an illegal racketeering network and are subject to arrest and asset seizure under the RICO laws.”

In the First Amendment to the US Constitution, our founders prohibited government from abridging “the freedom of speech, or of the press” to ensure full access to honest and reliable information by the public.

It was, in fact, expected that The Press, the “Media” today, be the “gold standard” of truth above all other sources of gossip and misinformation. 

When the Media is no longer the independent purveyor of fact, it is viewed with contempt as a caricature of fiction. 

Or worse, in the hands of tyrants, it becomes the tool of oppression.

Resist Tyranny!


Related Articles:

It’s Not Happening: the Mainstream Media Is the Enabler of American Dysfunction

CNN Interrupts Trump RNC Speech To ‘Fact Check Outright lies’

Columbia Journalism Review Explains How The Gates Foundation Manipulates The Media Narrative

Deep State Infiltration

Gates' Keepers of Journalism

Fake news media now issuing claims of “CONFIRMED” for utterly fabricated, false stories (usually ones designed to hurt Trump)



When Corporate Power Is Your Real Government, Corporate Media Is State Media

The New York Times published an astonishingly horrible article the other day titled “Latin America Is Facing a ‘Decline of Democracy’ Under the Pandemic” accusing governments like Venezuela and Nicaragua of exploiting Covid-19 to quash opposition and oppress democracy.



The article sources its jarringly propagandistic claims in multiple US government-funded narrative management operations like the Wilson Center and the National Endowment for Democracy-sponsored Freedom House, the extensively plutocrat-funded Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, and the United States Naval Academy.

Related: Mainstream Media Is Trying Hard To Convince Us That “Plandemic” Is A “Conspiracy Theory” + The New Normal

The crown jewel of this piece of State Department stenography reads as follows:

“Adding to these challenges, democracy in Latin America has also lost a champion in the United States, which had played an important role in promoting democracy after the end of the Cold War by financing good governance programs and calling out authoritarian abuses.”

Whoa, nelly.


The fact that America’s most widely regarded newspaper feels perfectly comfortable making such a spectacularly in-your-face lie on behalf of the US government tells you everything you need to know about what the mass media in America really are and what they do.

The United States has never at any time been a champion of democracy in Latin America, before or since the Cold War.

It has intervened hundreds of times in the continent’s affairs throughout history with everything from murderous corporate colonialism to deadly CIA regime change operations to overt military invasions.

It is currently trying to orchestrate a coup in Venezuela after failing to stage one during the Bush administration, it’s pushing regime change in Nicaragua, and The New York Times itself admitted this year that it was wrong to promote the false US government narrative of electoral shenanigans in Bolivia’s presidential race last year, a narrative which facilitated a bloody fascist coup.

This is propaganda. There is no other word for it. And yet the only time western politicians and news reporters use that word is to talk about nations like Russia and China.



Related: Sharyl Attkisson: How Media Narratives Became More Important Than Facts & Every Nation Must Declare War Against Big Tech

Why is propaganda used in an ostensibly free democracy with an ostensibly free media? Why are its news media outlets so consistently in alignment with every foreign policy objective of US government agencies no matter how destructive and inexcusable?

If the media and the government are two separate institutions, why do they so consistently function as though they are not separate?

Well, that’s easy. It’s because they aren’t separate. The only thing keeping this from being seen is the fact that America’s real government isn’t located where people think it is.


Corruption is Legal in America

 


In a corporatist system of government, where no hard lines are drawn between corporate/financial power and state power, corporate media is state media.

Since bribery is legal in the US political system in the form of corporate lobbying and campaign donations, America’s elected government is controlled by wealthy elites who have money to burn and who benefit from maintaining a specific status quo arrangement.

The fact that this same plutocratic class also owns America’s media, which is now so consolidated that it’s almost entirely run by just six corporations, means that the people who run the government also run the media.

This allows America’s true rulers to set up a system which promotes narratives that are favorable to their desired status quo.

Which means that the US has state propaganda. They just don’t call it that themselves.



Related: A Country Without An Honest Media Is Lost: The Largest Conspiracy Theory Peddlers Are Mainstream Media And The US State Department

Strip away the phony two-handed sock puppet show of US electoral politics and look at how power actually moves in that country, and you just see one more tyrannical regime which propagandizes its citizens, brutally cracks down on protesters, deliberately keeps its populace impoverished so they don’t get powerful enough to change things, and attacks any nation which dares to disobey its dictates.

Beneath the thin layer of narrative overlay about freedom and democracy, the US is just one more despotic, bloodthirsty empire. It’s no better than any of the other despotic, bloodthirsty empires throughout history. It just has good PR.


Plutocrats not only exert control over America’s media and politics, they also form alliances with the secretive government agencies whose operators remain amid the comings and goings of the official elected government.

We see examples of this in the way new money tech plutocrats like Jeff Bezos, Peter Thiel and Pierre Omidyar have direct relationships with the CIA and its proxies.

We also see it in the sexual blackmail operation which was facilitated by the late Jeffrey Epstein in connection with billionaire Leslie Wexner and Israeli intelligence, along with potentially the FBI and/or other US intelligence agencies.



Related: How To Stop The Media From Controlling Your Mind + Why The ‘Red Pill’ Has Become So Big

Today the internet is abuzz as newly unsealed court documents relating to Epstein and his co-conspirator Ghislaine Maxwell reveal witness testimony regarding underage sex trafficking, with such high-profile names appearing in the documents as Alan Dershowitz, Bill Clinton, and Prince Andrew.

The Overton window of acceptable political discourse has been shrunk into such a narrow spectrum of debate that talking about even well-known and extensively documented facts involving the real nature of America’s government and media will get you laughingly dismissed as a conspiracy theorist, which is itself a symptom of tight narrative control by a ruling class which much prefers Americans thinking they live in a free democracy whose government they control with their votes.


The End of Kings







In the old days you used to be able to tell who your rulers were because they’d sit on thrones and wear golden crowns and make you bow before them.

Human consciousness eventually evolved beyond the acceptability of such brazen indignities, so it became necessary for rulers to take on more of a background role while the citizenry clap and cheer for the illusory puppet show of electoral politics.

But the kings are still among us, just as cruel and tyrannical as ever. They’ve just figured out how to mask their tyranny behind the facade of freedom.

But 2020 has been a year of revelations, a trend which seems likely to continue accelerating.

Truth cannot stay hidden forever
.


Related Articles:

The Carbonaro Effect: Magician Reveals How Fake News Media Indoctrinates The Gullible Masses With Junk Science

The Business Of Journalists Is To Destroy The Truth & Americans Think The Media Is More Destructive Than Banks & Corporations + The Normals vs. Conspiracy Theorists

Tucker: Media outraged by McCloskeys' RNC appearance

BBC's upcoming White Helmets ‘documentary’ gears up to be a character assassination of those who challenge Syria war narratives

Obamagate Is Not A Conspiracy Theory & Disinformation From Schiff, Media Damaged America



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Hollywood Is Dying, And The Elites Don’t Care
October 27 2020 | From: AltMarket / Various

I don’t write much about the entertainment industry because, frankly, I see it as mostly irrelevant to the bigger picture.



Geopolitics and economics are the great driving force in our society, and the elitist groups that influence these elements should be our primary focus. That said, I have to admit that pop culture is a pervasive element of American public psychology, or at least it was until recently, and for decades the masters of pop culture all resided in Hollywood.

Related: Will Ferrell’s Comedy Skit About Child Trafficking is Disgusting

I have been a film buff for at least 20 years and I understand the business; I was even a screenwriter at one point and obtained an agent, but after dealing with the slimy behavior of some of the Hollywood ilk I was immediately disenchanted and decided to walk away.

What I realized at the time was that the entertainment world is designed for a very specific purpose: To steal the energies of talented people and exploit those energies to achieve the most meaningless or manipulative endeavors.

The people that manage and own production and distribution companies are for the most part talent-less; like most narcopaths they have no capacity to be creative.

So, they must feed on the intelligence and imagination of normal people in order to fuel their business. If it stopped there, then maybe the system would actually work and there could be some symbiosis.

Many artistic people don’t handle business very well, so someone has to.

But, production creatures want more than money, they also want to micromanage the message of every film, TV show, video game and product that is released.



Related: “Order Out Of Chaos”: How The Elite’s Plans Were Foretold In Popular Culture

They want to inject their own ideologies into every property. They do this because, as narcopaths, they desperately want to feel creative power even if it means hijacking the projects of others.

They also do it because they have an agenda to influence society to accept or reject certain ideas; they want to mold the politics and values of the public.

Hollywood is ultimately about narrative control, not free expression. If you have a unique message or an interesting story to tell, they are going to twist it into something else, something that feels a lot like every other story that gets produced.

Writers and directors with vision are either filtered out of the system or they are forced to conform to the propaganda model in order to get work. In the end, the people who get the most work and make it to the top are the people with no principles or morals; the people that will do anything to succeed.

Success and artistry are not necessarily mutually exclusive concepts. On the other hand, free expression and artistry are mutually inclusive – You cannot have one without the other.

If you have been noticing a severe decline in the quality of American entertainment over the course of the past decade, you are not the only one.

70% of Americans
say they would rather stay home and watch movies instead of paying to go to theaters, even if theaters reopen.




Nobody Cares What Celebrities Think





Related Articles:

Pointless Celebrities Call For World To ‘Not Return To Normal’; ‘Radical Transformation’ Of Economies

Celebrity Sparks Controversy After Saying She’s Going To Raise A Vegan Child Without Vaccinations

WHO Cares What Celebrities Think - #PropagandaWatch





Industry spin doctors will claim that the drop in interest is due solely to the coronavirus, but this is a lie. Domestic movie attendance hit a 25 year low in 2017, and this is part of a long term slide which was building for years beforehand.

It’s important to note that when I talk about “Hollywood” I’m including the internet streaming services, which are completely intertwined with the Hollywood machine.

While streaming services have been growing (to a point) because of the pandemic lockdowns, the subscription jump is an anomaly compared to the past few years.

Netflix in particular was on a severe slide in subscriptions before the pandemic hit, and with the “Cuties” child pornography debacle it will be interesting to see how many subscribers jumped ship in the final quarter of 2020.

Another interesting development among streaming services is that the most popular content is in most cases OLD content. Shows and movies from 10 to 20 years ago draw the most views by far.

New content consistently fails, and this is happening among all demographics from Gen Z to Baby Boomers. This says a lot about modern Hollywood’s decline.

The point is, Hollywood was crashing well before the pandemic and the reason is clearly related to the change in priorities from making money and making consumers happy to making value statements regardless of logic or practicality.



Related: We Need to Talk About That Ricky Gervais Monologue at the Golden Globes

There is a massive evolution going on, and the public is growing tired of the controlled pop culture paradigm as well as the intrusive zealotry of new hyper-political messaging.

Most people are not stupid; maybe slow to catch on to certain things, but not stupid.

They recognize when they are being bombarded with propaganda, and they don’t like it when the balance of storytelling and entertainment shifts too far in either direction, left or right.

Imagine if all movies, television, music, comics, etc. went full-bore evangelical Christian or Sharia Muslim and nothing else was allowed to be made?

Well, that is what is happening with the leftist cult religion of social justice right now; they have attempted to suffocate all other points of view and it is alienating millions of people that prefer to see multiple points of view represented, as well as people that just want to be entertained rather than preached to.

Telling a story is actually easy as long as you follow certain rules:

Rule #1: Don’t talk down to your audience.

Rule #2: Don’t tell your audience how they should think or feel.

Rule #3: Tap into archetypes that people relate to.

Rule #4: Write characters that audiences can feel sympathy for.

Rule # 5: Audiences will not feel sympathy for narcopathic characters.

Rule #6: Your characters MUST have a story arc, even if they end up right back where they started.

Rule #7: Most stories have a message, but not all messages matter to most audiences.

Rule #8: People do not need to see themselves in a story in order to relate to a story.

Rule #9: Stories made by committee will usually fail, or they are quickly forgotten.

Rule #10: A superior storyteller is able to meet audience expectations while at the same time surprising them. “Subverting expectations” is a method for weak minded and lazy storytellers.




Related: The 2020 VMAs: A Dystopian Abomination

The current crop of people in Hollywood and the entertainment industry in general are completely incapable of following any of the rules above. Why?

Because they don’t care anymore about telling good stories that inspire or entertain the public. They don’t even really care about the public and their money.

In fact, they often show disdain and hatred for the public.

The only thing they care about is force feeding their ideology to the public whether the public likes it or not.

Hollywood is no longer a business. They are no longer concerned with making a profit. They do not care if the public is repelled by their content.

Everything is changing. Hollywood is becoming what I suspect it was always meant to be: An Orwellian bullhorn blaring in the ears of the people 24/7.

When I look at Hollywood and the media today, I am consistently reminded of the loudspeakers in the cities and towns of communist North Korea, which fill the streets with propaganda songs and messages until it becomes an insidious background hum in the minds of every citizen.



Related: The Nostalgia Pendulum: A Rolling 30-Year Cycle Of Pop Culture Trends

There are even some places in NK where propaganda radios are installed by the government in every home, and people cannot shut them off.

Some critics argue that Hollywood is attempting to influence the public to think just like they do (to join the social justice cult), and this is partially true, but the reality is that this is about narrative saturation rather than pure thought control.

They know that many people will not be influenced by them, and they don’t care. They are removing all alternative viewpoints from people’s daily lives because they want to torture anyone who disagrees with them.

They seem to take joy in this.

Many North Korean citizens HATE the street speakers and the constant propaganda, but the job of propaganda is not always to convince everyone or control their thoughts, it is sometimes meant to send a message:

“You will get nothing else; we are here to make you miserable and there is nothing you can do about it. The only way to stop the misery is to give in and submit.”

To summarize, If they can’t brainwash you, they are perfectly content to remove all happiness from your life by ensuring you never see anything inspiring ever again.

The message is absolute, and like a black hole it absorbs and destroys everything else around it. Think of it like the Spanish Inquisition of the Dark Ages, but with a technological edge.



Related: Washington DC’s Role Behind The Scenes In Hollywood Goes Deeper Than You Think

Obviously, this is leading to people abandoning all new entertainment in droves. Propaganda films with blockbuster budgets are crashing and sales are dismal.

Classic franchises like Star Wars, Star Trek, Ghostbusters, etc are being abandoned by audiences.

Disney’s Mulan remake, filled with social justice and Chinese communist agitprop, was a complete and utter disaster. Numerous studios are now facing huge profit shortfalls and layoffs, and Covid is only partly to blame.

Netflix’s “Cuties”, a love letter to pedophilia posing as a “commentary” on the sexualization of children, is now under investigation and indictment and Netflix lost vast numbers of subscribers in protest.

And for good reason, the film features 11 year old girls acting out overtly sexual scenes including nudity and feigned masturbation all with creepy hovering camerawork (Note to Netflix: Child porn is NOT a 1st Amendment right).

Basically every production that carries a hard leftist message is failing. The saying “Get Woke, Go Broke” is popular for a reason. The hills that Hollywood and their streaming partners are choosing to die on might seem bizarre to most people.

But again, the Hollywood elites don’t care anymore. You want to know why they are doubling and tripling down on a garbage fire like “Cuties”?



Related: Luke Perry Dead At 52 After “Serious Stroke” & Star Of Hobbit Films Elijah Wood Says Hollywood Is Masking A Child Sex Epidemic

As mentioned, it’s about saturating the environment until there is nothing else while also sending a message that “there’s nothing you can do about it”. I think this says something about our immediate future.

Why is Hollywood now scorning any profit incentive? Are the elites that run Hollywood privy to some kind of information that makes them confident in their decision to undermine and alienate the majority of their consumers?

I mean, eventually these companies are going to go bankrupt if they continue on this path. Is it possible they understand that the system in general is on the verge of collapse anyway and they have decided to go out in a blaze of glory, like a suicide bomber?

It’s hard to say, but I question the state of storytelling in our culture for the foreseeable future. Alternative production and distribution is easily accomplished in the digital age.

Hollywood is completely unnecessary and Americans are starting to realize this. However, I wonder if alternatives will be allowed to exist, or will they be attacked and shut down in the name of the “new normal”?

If we are following a traditional communist model, then the goal will be to continue to eradicate choice until the only options left are those that are granted to us by centralized committee.



Related: Rampant Pedophilia With Child Actors The Next Shoe To Drop In Hollywood Sex Scandal & Mainstream Media Just Admitted Hollywood Infested With “Child Sex Trafficking”

My suspicion is that economic crisis along with corporate monopoly will be used to this end. Our only option at that point will be to avoid consuming anything they are selling.

But of course it’s also possible that one day you will have a TV installed in your home that you can never shut off, playing movies like Cuties nonstop until it becomes an ingrained background noise in your brain.


Related Articles:

Popular American Actress Shares That She Was Molested At Disney From Ages 6 to 14

Mariah Carey’s Sister Accuses Mother Of Abuse During Satanic Rituals

Mariah Carey’s Sister Highlights The Reality of Satanic Ritual Child Abuse & Murder

The Dark Streak Continues: Nick Gordon – the Ex of Bobbi Kristina Brown – Dies at 30

The Disturbing Hidden Meaning of “Lola” by Iggy Azalea

The Brand New VC E-Book 2020 Edition is Out Now

The 2019 American Music Awards: It Was Hell. Literally

The Strange Facts Surrounding Juice WRLD’s Death

The Eerie Synchronicity Surrounding Kobe Bryant’s Death

Hollywood Sci-Fi Filmmakers Tapped To Dramatize Fictional Climate Change To Scare Everybody Into Voting For Climate Totalitarians

This French Music Video Exposes the Occult Music Industry

The Blatant “Occult Elite” Symbolism at the 2020 Vogue Ball in Brazil

This French Music Video Exposes the Occult Music Industry

Pictures Showing How The Advertising Industry Exploits Women

Pamela Anderson Speaks Out Against Porn & Explains How It Can Ruin Lives & Relationships

The Most Expensive Hotel Room in the World Was Made For Elite Psychopaths

Comedian Ricky Gervais Criticizes Hollywood for Ethical Compromise, Political Lecturing, in Golden Globes Speech

The True Disturbing Meaning of “WAP” by Cardi B

Ariana Grande And The Illuminati Beta Kittens Of Pop Culture & Weird Ways Of The Elite Documentary

The Secret Meeting That Changed Rap Music And Destroyed A Generation & The Troubling Case Of Paz de la Huerta And Her (Now Deleted) Instagram Account

Kanye West Exposes Dark Truths About Kardashians, Tries to Break Away From Them

Something Is Terribly Wrong With Britney Spears’ Instagram Account

“Illuminati” by Lil Pump: Yeah, This Is What the Music Industry Has Sunken To

Symbolic Pics of the Month 12/19

Symbolic Pics of the Month 01/20

Symbolic Pics of the Month 02/20

Symbolic Pics of the Month 03/20

Symbolic Pics of the Month 05/20

Symbolic Pics of the Month 06/20

Symbolic Pics of the Month 07/20

Symbolic Pics of the Month 08/20

Symbolic Pics of the Month 09/20

Symbolic Pics of the Month 10/20


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Censorship Of The Biden Story & Blockbuster Report Reveals How Biden Family Was Compromised By China
October 26 2020 | From: DailyCaller / Zerohedge / Various

The destruction of journalistic ethics is nearly complete.



The same group of reporters and pundits who rushed to report every rumor, every speculation, every lie about Donald Trump for the last four years now close ranks and refuse to report the emerging allegations about the Biden family.

Related: NPR, CNN, NYT, Wa-Po, MSNBC, Twitter, Facebook, Google Presstitutes Covering Up Biden Scandals by Refusing to Report on Them

Hunter Biden’s abandoned laptops have been a treasure trove of inside information about his reported influence peddling and shady deals, based entirely on his status as son of the vice president.

It is obvious that Joe Biden supported his son’s dealings, and it may also be the case that the “big guy” directly profited from them.

And it is now beyond question that Joe Biden used the power of his office to bully Ukraine to end an investigation into corruption at the energy firm Burisma, where his son inexplicably was a board member.

The New York Post has brought some of this evidence to light, or at least tried to.

The Biden campaign has not denied that the laptop and its contents are genuine, which they would have done quickly had it been bogus.

And former Hunter Biden associate Bevan Cooney has given access to 26,000 additional emails that reportedly substantiate what has been released.



Related: Debunked: Here’s All The Media & Democrats Who Falsely Claimed Hunter Biden Laptop Story Was “Russian Disinformation”

You would think that other reporters and news outlets would be clamoring for access to the rest of the information. Isn’t that what credible journalists do, ferret out the facts, without fear or favor?

But not anymore.

Adherence to the liberal narrative has replaced the old norm of objectivity. Fear and favor are the order of the day.

The only fact that matters is that the “laptop from Hell,” as President Trump called it, could be fatal to the Biden campaign. Thus, the story must be dismissed, censored, criticized and made to go away. Quickly.


One excuse for not covering the story is that it was based on hacked information.

But the emails were not hacked, they were extracted from an abandoned computer that lawfully belonged to the repairman who tried many times to return it and collect on the $85 repair bill.

And anyway, the media’s “hacked information” ban was only invented during the last election cycle to defend against a different round of revelations about Democrats.

Real reporters should have no ethical qualms about any information that is hacked, leaked or otherwise surreptitiously obtained, so long as it is factual.



Related: NY Post Editor On Hunter Biden Scandal Report: ‘Judge It For Yourself’ + Giuliani Details Steps Taken To Authenticate Hunter Biden Material

Another angle has been to resurrect the discredited Russian collusion charge.

Pundits have charged, without evidence, that the emails are part of a Kremlin plot. Dozens of has-been intelligence officials published a letter claiming the emails bore the hallmarks of Russian disinformation, even if they were true.

But the Director of National Intelligence, the State Department, the FBI and DOJ say there is no evidence of Russian involvement, and really how could there be? The charge is ludicrous on its face. But that has not stopped the baseless charge.

Then there are the tech titans who are doing their best to make sure the story does not spread.

Twitter suspended the New York Post’s account because of the story and locked the Trump campaign’s account over a Hunter Biden-related video.

But Twitter reflects a very rarefied ultra-liberal slice of the electorate anyway, so does it really matter? Facebook has reduced distribution of the story, and many major newspapers and cable channels are ignoring it.

Forget the idea that reporters would pressure the Biden campaign to give substantive answers to any questions regarding this scandal. The only tough question Biden has been asked recently was what flavor milkshake he bought.



Related: Full Story Behind Hunter's Laptop Debunks Latest Russia Conspiracy Theory

There has also been little journalistic curiosity regarding the FBI’s role with the laptop. The Bureau had a copy of the files dating back to September 2019, and had the actual laptop by December.

This was during the Trump impeachment fiasco and the evidence on the laptop might have nipped the process in the bud. But it was kept under wraps.

Senate Homeland Security and Government Affairs Committee Chair Ron Johnson has asked FBI Director Christopher Wray for details about how the Bureau handled the laptop, and there have been persistent rumors that Wray will either resign or be fired.

Clearly there is a story here, but few reporters seem interested in it.

This ideologically driven approach to reporting is sadly nothing new. In “Looking Back on the Spanish War,” George Orwell wrote that during the Spanish Civil War he saw “newspaper reports which did not bear any relation to the facts,” and “eager intellectuals building emotional superstructures over events that had never happened.”

That accurately describes most coverage of the Russian collusion hoax.

In addition, Orwell wrote he saw “history being written not in terms of what happened but what ought to have happened according to various ‘party lines.’”


And that is how the Biden laptop story is being shaped.


Related Articles:

Harris, prominent Democrats listed as 'key contacts' for Biden family business venture projects

Imagine If MSM Consistently Applied The Evidentiary Standards It’s Applying To Hunter Biden’s Emails

The New York Post Gets the AmRen Treatment

On Facebook you can advocate murder but cannot report truthfully on the Bidens

Before The Bidens "Did" Ukraine, There Was Iraq... And Serbia

Senate Homeland Security Chairman Presses FBI About Hunter Biden Laptop

Joe Biden Is Lying About His Income, His Tax Dodging, and His Tax Increases

Twitter Won’t Unlock NY Post Account Until Hunter Biden Posts Deleted

Does This Explain Why Facebook Was So Quick To Suppress Hunter Biden Revelations?

Hunter Biden's Laptop "Is Not Some Russian Disinformation Campaign"; DNI Ratcliffe Slams Schiff

House Republicans Call on Barr to Appoint Special Counsel to Probe Alleged Biden Emails

Hunter Biden’s Business Associates Helped Chinese Tycoons Meet With Obama White House Officials, Emails Show

Biden to Be Grilled on ‘Foreign Corruption’ at Next Debate: Trump Campaign Adviser

No Intelligence Tying Hunter Biden Emails to Russian Disinformation: Ratcliffe

Feds Confirm Biden Emails Are "Authentic"; '50 Former Intel Officials' Wrong On Russian Disinfo

House Judiciary Committee issues statement affirming smoking-gun emails incriminating Biden

'Does Hunter Want To Blow Up His Dad's Campaign?' Ex-Biz Partner Texts Paint Damning Picture

Pelosi Ignores Question on Allegations of Corruption Surrounding Joe Biden

Joe Biden kisses granddaughter on lips during Iowa rally

Erik Prince: NYPD Ready to Make Arrests in Anthony Weiner Case


Blockbuster Report Reveals How Biden Family Was Compromised By China

In a day when half the US population remained transfixed by the ongoing revelations about the contents of Hunter Biden's "laptop from hell" and the other half was doing everything in its power to ignore the news which the socials have conveniently been desperate to censor;



A far less noticed but perhaps just as important investigative report authored by the unknown Typhoon Investigations, was released by Christopher Balding, Associate Professor at Peking University HSBC School of Business Shenzhen, China and also Bloomberg contributor  (which is odd considering the clear anti-Trump bias of the Bloomberg media empire) exposing Biden activities in China which "the press has simply refused to cover", and which reveals "how Biden was compromised by the Communist Party of China."

Related: Senate Investigators Seek Hunter Biden Records

In a series of tweets around noon on Thursday, Balding said that he had really "not wanted to do this but roughly 2 months ago I was handed a report about Biden activities in China the press has simply refused to cover. I want to strongly emphasize I did not write the report but I know who did."

Some more background on the origins of the report from Balding's website:


"For two months I have worked on behalf of my colleague to ensure that this report helped others report on the documented evidence of Biden activities with regards to China. I want to emphasize a couple of things about my own involvement.

First, I did not write the report and I am not responsible for the report. I have gone over the report with a fine tooth comb and can find nothing factually wrong with the report. Everything is cited and documented. Arguably the only weakness is that we do not have internal emails between Chinese players or the Chinese and Bidens that would make explicit what the links clearly imply.

Second, I will not be disclosing the individual who did write this report. They have very valid reasons to fear for both their personal safety and professional risks. Throughout the years that I have known this individual we never discussed politics. I have never heard them criticize any political party other than the CCP. They are not a Republican.

Third, it was my very real wish that the press would have reported on the documented evidence in this report and left me and the author entirely out of this situation. I did not vote for Trump in 2016 and will not vote for him in 2020.
This information however is entirely valid public interest information that the press has simply refused to cover due to their own partisan wishes. I have serious policy differences with President Trump.

I am pro-immigration. I would like to see more free trade efforts to shift trade away from China and into partner countries from Mexico to Vietnam and India. I believe that institution building in Asia is vital and America needs to take that lead. However, I cannot in good conscience allow documented evidence of the variety presented here go unreported by partisans who are simply choosing to hide information.

Finally, I will not be answering any questions about the report. I had no wish to be involved in Presidential politics. I do not want to be on the news. I will not be answer any questions about who wrote the report. We need to return the focus to the known documented facts.'

Upon review, this is how Balding summarized the report's contents in his series of tweets:


"Hunter Biden is partnered with the Chinese state. Entire investment partnership is Chinese state money from social security fund to China Development Bank. It is actually a subsidiary of the Bank of China. This is not remotely anything less than a Chinese state funded play.

Though the entire size of the fund cannot be reconstructed, the Taiwanese cofounder who is now detained in China, reports it to be NOT $1-1.5 billion but $6.5 billion. This would make Hunters stake worth at a minimum at least $50 million if he was to sell it.

Disturbingly, everyone on the Chinese side are clearly linked with influence and intelligence organizations. China uses very innocuous sounding organization names to hide PLA, United Front, or Ministry of Foreign Affairs influence/intelligence operations.

This report cannot say Hunter was the target of such an operation or that China even targeted him. However, based upon the clear pattern of individuals and organizations surrounding him it is an entirely reasonable conclusion.

Finally, the believed Godfather in arranging everything is a gentleman named Yang Jiechi. He is currently the CCP Director of Foreign Affairs leading strategist for America, Politburo member one of the most powerful men in China, and Xi confidant. Why does this matter?

He met regularly with Joe Biden during his stint as Chinese ambassador the US when Biden chaired the Senate Foreign Relations Committee. 

Later he was Minister of Foreign Affairs when the investment partnership was made official in 2013. Importantly, the Taiwanese national listed MOFA institutions as the key clients in helping to arrange everything.

Yang would clearly have known the importance of Hunter Biden and undoubtedly would have been informed of any dealings
.

Given that he is now the point person in China for dealing with the US this raises major concerns about a Biden administration dealing impartially with an individual in this capacity.

These are documented facts from Chinese corporate records like IPO prospectuses and media. They raise very valid concerns about Biden linkages to China
.”





Watch: New Documentary Exposing China’s Game Plan for the 2020 US Election

TikTok is an app often used for entertainment. But could it be a tool for the Chinese Communist Party (CCP)? And is the CCP using TikTok to manipulate the presidential election while creating chaos and division in the United States?





Related: FBI Asks Hunter Biden’s Ex-Business Partner Tony Bobulinski for Interview: Senate Committee




Turning to the report itself, here is the 10-point summary of its findings:


"Joe Biden’s compromising partnership with the Communist Party of China runs via Yang Jiechi (CPC’s Central Foreign Affairs Commission). YANG met frequently with BIDEN during his tenure at the Chinese embassy in Washington.

Hunter Biden’s 2013 Bohai Harvest Rosemont investment partnership was set-up by Ministry of Foreign Affairs institutions who are tasked with garnering influence with foreign leaders during YANG’s tenure as Foreign Minister.

HUNTER has a direct line to the Politburo, according to SOURCE A, a senior finance professional in China.

Michael Lin, a Taiwanese national now detained in China, brokered the BHR partnership and partners with MOFA foreign influence organizations.

LIN is a POI for his work on behalf of China, as confirmed by SOURCE B and SOURCE C (at two separate national intelligence agencies).

BHR is a state managed operation. Leading shareholder in BHR is a Bank of China which lists BHR as a subsidiary and BHR’s partners are SOEs that funnel revenue/assets to BHR.

HUNTER continues to hold 10% in BHR. He visited China in 2010 and met with major Chinese government financial companies that would later back BHR.

HUNTER’s BHR stake (purchased for $400,000) is now likely be worth approx. $50 million (fees and capital appreciation based on BHR’s $6.5 billion AUM as stated by Michael Lin).

HUNTER also did business with Chinese tycoons linked with the Chinese military and against the interests of US national security.

BIDEN’s foreign policy stance towards China (formerly hawkish), turned positive despite China’s country’s rising geopolitical assertiveness."

To simply the various opaque Chinese intermediaries, the report shows the transfer of Chinese state money to Hunter, via major Chinese financial SOEs.



Related: In Debate, Trump Presses Biden to Explain Son’s Foreign Business Deals

The next chart shows how the Communist Party of China cultivated Hunter via Lian and multiple Chinese foreign influence organizations:




Related: Steve Bannon Behind 'Roll-Out Plan' For Hunter Biden Emails, Says 'Multiple Stories From Multiple Media Sources' About To Hit

The third and final chart shows the relationships connecting US leaders with communist leaders in China and North Korea.

While there is official state-to-state dialogue and relationships between US and Chinese leaders, just one or two levels below are connected business arrangements with their relatives and associates, who are always the personal recipients of Chinese state money.




Related: Sen. Johnson Suggests Bobulinski Emails Are Authentic, May Release to Public

The key section of the report begins on page 19, in which the anonymous author details how the Biden family was compromised by China:






Watch: Eyewitness To The Biden’s Corruption Drops Bombshells Before Final Debate

Hunter’s ex-partner Tony Bobulinski calls Joe Biden a liar.





Related Articles:


Hunter Biden business partner calls email 'genuine,' says Hunter sought dad's advice on deals

Bombshell Statement: Biden Insider Claims He Was ‘Recipient of the Email’, Says He Witnessed Joe, Hunter Discussing Deals

Laptop connected to Hunter Biden linked to FBI money laundering probe

Multiple @OANN reporters have now viewed the emails, photos, and videos on the #HunterBiden hard drive





The report also quotes from a 2019 National Review article detailing Hunter Biden's financial links to China:


"Late Summer 2006: Hunter Biden and his uncle, James Biden, purchase the hedge fund Paradigm Global Advisors. According to an unnamed executive quoted in Politico in August, James Biden declared to employees on his first day, “Don’t worry about investors. We’ve got people all around the world who want to invest in Joe Biden.”

At this time, Joe Biden is months away from becoming chairman of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee and launching his second bid for president.

The unnamed executive who spoke to Politico charged that the purchase of the fund was designed to work around campaign-finance laws:

"According to the executive, James Biden made it clear that he viewed the fund as a way to take money from rich foreigners who could not legally give money to his older brother or his campaign account.

We’ve got investors lined up in a line of 747s filled with cash ready to invest in this company,” the executive remembers James Biden saying."

Incidentally, this same article also points out the following:


"An outside audit of Paradigm by the firm of Briggs, Bunting & Dougherty finds a “failure to reconcile Investment Advisors reimbursement of fund expenses, failure to reconcile and review cash account on a timely basis, and failure to reconcile and review various other accounts on a timely basis.”

And while the National Review article does an exhaustive look into both Biden, Paradigm's and Seneca Global Advisors, the real focus is on China, which concludes that its "research indicates the Biden family and associates went on to execute a string of business deals with China and the CPC for nearly a decade."



Related: Rudy Giuliani Describes Alleged Underage Material On Hunter Biden's Laptop

Fast-forwarding through the report, we learn about a curious entity called Thornton consulting:


Shortly after BIDEN was named as Obama’s running mate in August, HUNTER founded Seneca Global Advisors and the Beijing government approved the incorporation of Thornton Beijing - Solebury Thornton(Beijing)Consulting Co Ltd.

On October 21, 2007 LIN, LAKIS and ARCHER visited HNA Group in Beijing, this time with ARCHER, acting as COO of Rosemont Solebury Capital, and had dinner with Chen. On the same day, the Thornton delegation also met with officials from PKU.




Related: House GOP introduces bill naming China top national security threat but Democrats won’t go along because Joe Biden, their candidate, appears compromised by Beijing

HNA, which was originally an airline carrier, is of course best known for becoming a major Chinese conglomerate which in 2015-2016 was the most acquisitive Chinese company involved in a flurry of multi-billion global M&A, including US electronics distributor Ingram Micro, CIT Group's aircraft leasing business, a 25% stake in Hilton, a 5% stake in Deutsche Bank, and is widely regarded as backed by or ultimately owned by Wang Qishan, then former vice premier (2008 – 2013).



Related: Giuliani: ‘More Coming Out’ About Bidens After Last Week’s Reports

Wang is currently China’s Vice-President and a close aide of Xi. According to the report:

"HNA has allegedly used various methods to bribe targets in the past, including hosting parties and supplying targets with young women. It is unknown if Thornton representatives were targeted in this manner at Chen’s dinner, but if any nighttime entertainment was provided, it was probably recorded by HNA/Chinese intelligence (as is commonplace in China)."


The following day a Thornton/Rosemont Solebury/SLLF delegation, including LIN, ARCHER, and LAKIS, met with Peng Fang, Director General of the NPC’s Foreign Affairs Committee, which is responsible for communicating with foreign affairs committees from other countries.

The meeting was held in the Great Hall of the People, China’s most prestigious state building used to host legislative and ceremonial activities.

In other words, the Thornton delegation met with a senior Chinese foreign affairs official at China’s most famous state building, in a meeting which would have been approved by or informed to China’s top leaders.

This was clearly not a business meeting, but (at least in the eyes of the Chinese contingent), rather a nation to nation, state to state meeting.

Fast-forwarding to 2010 (the report has all the interim details), we read that between April 7-9, 2010, "HUNTER was introduced by LIN to China’s most powerful government controlled financial institutions."

Here the report notes that "while the English news item is no longer accessible on Thornton’s website, but the Chinese version remains."



Related: ‘Big Guy’ in China Deal Email Was Joe Biden, Former Hunter Biden Partner Says

Only that's no longer the case, because since the publication of this report, it appears that someone had a keen interest in quickly removing that particular URL as can be seen here.

However, courtesy of the wayback machine, we can see what the Thornton consulting website, which was summarily taken down in the past 3-4 weeks, had to say as of this Sept 26 (after which the website just disappears) snapshot:



Related: Press Prostitutes Go Into Full Media Blackout to Protect Biden

The report continues that according to Thornton’s news item, HUNTER was introduced as the chairman of Rosemont Seneca and the second son of the US Vice-President, and the purpose of his visit was todeepen mutual understanding and explore the possibility of commercial cooperation”.

LIN had delivered HUNTER to the Chinese for discussions on his pay-off.

Three days later, BIDEN met with then Chinese President Hu Jintao in Washington as part of the Nuclear Security Summit.

At the time Hunter was just barely 40 years old.


The Secret Service protects, by statute, the president and vice president and their families.84 As the son of a sitting Vice-President, HUNTER will have had secret service protection during his business trip to China.

Freedom of Information Act request records show that HUNTER visited China from April 6 to April 9, 2010. Unusually, for such a high-profile visit, there were no media reports in English or Chinese media.

Therefore, his father BIDEN (even if unaware personally, which is unlikely given how close to each other they live and work), will have been aware of his son’s business trip to Beijing through official channels.

Given the sensitive nature of US-China relations, HUNTER would have been closely watched by various Chinese securities agencies during the trip.

The report then pivots to dad Joe, who August 18, 2011 held talks with Xi, then Chinese Vice-President, during a five-day trip.

At the meeting Biden said the US "fully understands that Taiwan and Tibet issues are China's core interests, the U.S. will continue to resolutely pursue the one China policy, the U.S. does not support ‘Taiwan's independence’, and the U.S. fully recognizes that Tibet is an inalienable part of the People's Republic of China." 




Related: Google Engineers Admit To Manipulating Search Results To Favor Biden

Biden’s words are verbatim from China’s official standpoint on Taiwan and Tibet. Additionally, Biden said he "has spent more time in private meetings with Xi than any other world leader, including 25 hours of private dinners with Xi and one interpreter."

A few days later BIDEN delivered a speech at Sichuan University, where he said:


"China’s development and prosperity are in line with the interest of the U.S”, in comments on the university’s website. The Obama Whitehouse records published a transcript of the speech during which BIDEN said “Let me be clear - let me be clear: I believed in 1979 and said so and I believe now that a rising China is a positive development, not only for the people of China but for the United States and the world as a whole…

In order to cement this robust partnership, we have to go beyond close ties between Washington and Beijing, which we’re working on every day, go beyond it to include all levels of government, go beyond it to include classrooms and laboratories, athletic fields and boardrooms.”

A few months after Biden’s Sichuan trip, Archer and Lin worked with a Sichuan Chemical, a large Sichuan state-owned company to set-up a major potash deal (that never materialized) for Prospect Global, a listed US company at the time, that soon delisted and no longer appears to be in business.

According to the report, "it is unclear if the purpose of the deal was to just deliver Archer millions of dollars in compensation, to talk up the Prospect Global stock, or if it resulted in Sichuan Chemical transferring millions of US dollars to the US (either for capital flight purposes or to be directed to US politicians such as BIDEN and KERRY)."

The story only gets more interesting from here, and focuses on the arrival on the scene in 2013 of none other than John Kerry, who is intimately tied to Hunter (and thus Joe Biden) via Rosemont Seneca's predecessor Rosemont Capital, established in 2005 by Chris Heinz and Devon Archer who were roommates at Yale University.



Related: Senate Judiciary Committee Votes to Subpoena Twitter, Facebook CEOs

The firm was named after a Heinz family farm, and the capital was from Heinz, heir to the Heinz food processing empire, and step-son of John Kerry, a former Yale graduate who at the time was the senator for Massachusetts.

On June 25 2009, Hunter Biden co-founded Rosemont Seneca with Archer and Heinz; the company’s offices in Georgetown were located two miles from both Biden's office in the White House and his residence at the Naval Observatory, and one mile from Kerry’s Georgetown mansion.

We will let readers do their own digging but we will highlight one section from the report, detailing how the Hunter Biden received Chinese state money...



Related: Senate Demands Hunter Biden Turn Over Bank Records Wire Transfers Account Balances And Travel Records

...and it involved the creation of BHR, which served as the entity facilitating the bulk of Chinese fund flows into the Bidens, as Hunter's initial BHR stake, purchased for just $400,000, is now likely be worth approximately $50 million.

From the report:


On December 4, 2013 HUNTER accompanies BIDEN on his official trip to China.

HUNTER told the New Yorker that he met Li during the December 2013 trip but described it as social encounter. “How do I go to Beijing, halfway around the world, and not see them (Li) for a cup of coffee?” he said.

HUNTER arranged a quick meeting in the lobby of the American delegation’s hotel in Beijing between BIDEN and Li, the BHR CEO
.

This was followed by a "social meeting" between HUNTER and Li, according to reports by the New Yorker.

The trip by HUNTER coincided with an official trip by the Ukranian President Viktor Yanukovych. Many business deals promoting trade and investment between China and Ukraine were signed during this trip.

Some deals between Chinese and Ukranian firms have ties to firms HUNTER is known to be involved with such as the Bohai Commodity Exchange, owned by the same local governments that own a part of Bohai Industrial Investment.

On 16 December 2013, a week after the BIDEN and HUNTER visit to Beijing, BHR was incorporated in Shanghai, with its registered address in the Shanghai Free Trade Zone, according to State Market Regulatory Administration <SMRA> records.

HUNTER’s profile no longer appears on the BHR website. One archived version lists him as a director on November 16, 2015. BIDEN is referred to in the profile as a managing partner of Rosement Seneca Partners and a consultant at Boies Schiller Flexner LPP <Boies Schiller>.

According to a statement by BIDEN’s lawyer George Mesires on October 13, 2019, BIDEN was of counsel with Boies Schiller and advising Ukraine-linked Burisma Holdings Limited on its corporate reform initiatives. He is also listed on Chinese PE websites where he is also referred to by the Chinese name ‘Hengte Baideng’ (亨特·拜登)

SMRA records show HUNTER purchased 10% of BHR on October 23, 2017 (via his investment vehicle Skaneateles LLC) and was a director until April 20, 2020. Previously he was invested via other holding companies.

BHR’s current shareholders are Bohai Capital (30%), Shanghai Ample Harvest Financial Services Group Co Ltd (上海丰实金融服务(集团)有限公司) (30%), Angju Investment (10%), Thornton (10%), Ulysses Diversified Inc (10%), Skaneateles LLC (10%). According to Chinese corporate records, the original owner of the US stake in BHR was Rosemont, Seneca Thornton, LLC with a 30% shareholding. This was split just under two years later into what is believed to be 20%/10% holding between Rosemont, Seneca, Bohai LLC and Thornton LLC.

This was later changed again splitting Rosemont, Seneca, Bohai into Skanletes and Ulyssees.

As Rosemont is the HEINZ KERRY vehicle and Seneca is the Biden vehicle, it is believed that the final split allowed HEINZ to exit the partnership divesting to ARCHER.

In summary, the Chinese government funded a business that it co-owned along with the son of a sitting US vice president and Secretary of State who was with high probability directly or indirectly invested in the holding company.

But if China funded a business, what was the value for Hunter? Here the report goes into detail calculating that the entity likely had $6.5BN in AUM, generating $100-$150MM in annual revenue, and if one day the business was sold, it could do so for ~$300 million (see page 14-15).



Related: Sperry Exposes The Complete History Of Hunter Biden's Crony-Connected Jobs

This returns the entire partnership to the fundamental problem: two sons of the Vice President of the United States and the Secretary of State willingly entered into a financial partnership with a government their fathers were supposed to deal with in an impartial manner.


Evidence indicates that the Secretary of State was directly or indirectly financially invested in his sons firms and benefitted from asset purchases made by firms directly linked to his son.

HUNTER invested in a firm that by his own words has had almost nothing to do with, managed by state government with departments dedicated to elite capture, focusing on state enterprise deals in a foreign country, but has grown to manage $6.5 billion in assets and likely realize yearly revenue of $100-150 million.

The ultimate sale price for his stake or the partnership would be whatever the Chinese Communist Party decides his partnership stake is worth.

And this is where the Typhoon Investigations report, the Biden presidential campaign, and Hunter's "laptop from hell" all converge:


On May 2, 2019 BIDEN remarked, “They can't figure out how they're going to deal with the corruption that exists within the system. I mean, you know, they're not bad folks, folks. But guess what, they're not, they're not competition for us.”

On May 3, it was reported that BHR [where Hunter was an investor] invested in Face++, a Chinese surveillance company which develops facial-recognition software for law enforcement in China, including targeting ethnic minority Muslims Xinjiang.

In September 2019, BIDEN said this of HUNTER’s business deals:

“I have never spoken to my son about his overseas business dealings,”

Still, while Hunter benefiting monetarily from deals with China may be unethical, it's hardly illegal (all else equal).

Where things get dicey is if to curry favor with China, and continue the freeflow of China-sourced cash, Hunter or his father, is betraying his fellow Americans.



Related: In Stunning Reversal, Twitter No Longer Blocking NY Post Biden Article

Is this what happened? Read on and decide:


Hunter Cultivated by Chinese Intelligence

Our research shows that for more than decade, HUNTER has been personally targeted by China’s intelligence apparatus and its various ‘foreign relations agencies’.

A U.S. Senate Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs <HSGAC> published on September 23, 2020, details HUNTER’s recent payoffs from a PLA linked tycoon, Ye Jianming <YE>, chairman of Chinese energy company CEFC China Energy Company Limited <CEFC>.

YE’s first break came when he purchased a small piston factory that supplied the Chinese army, after which he was a proxy for PLA officials, based on a New York Times article, and our proprietary research of the PLA’s logistics network.

In the early 2000s, YE was the deputy secretary of CAIFC, according to his CEFC biography. As explained, the CAIFC is a PLA front organization that has dual roles of intelligence collection and propaganda work, and worked with LIN and the SLLF a few years after YE left the organization.

YE also knows Xu, who was a CAIFC special advisor, and arranged for LIN and HUNTER’s access to the highest levels of government.

In line with his intelligence role, YE arranged events that brought together retired American and Chinese military officers. In 2015, YE arranged for an aide to meet with HUNTER and in May 2017, YE met privately with HUNTER at a Miami hotel.

The purpose of the meeting was for HUNTER to use his contacts to help “identify investment opportunities for Ye’s company CEFC China Energy,” and afterwards YE gave HUNTER a 2.8-carat diamond.

According to HSGAC’s Confidential Document 9, YE and his associate Dong Gongwen, applied to a bank and opened credit lines for a business named Hudson West III LLC, giving HUNTER, his brother James (and James’ wife Sarah Biden), credit cards which the Bidens used to buy extravagant items.

The HSGAC report details a series of transfers and transactions worth millions of US dollars between CEFC, Hudson West and the Bidens.

This – 11 years after HUNTER and James denied selling their political connections to foreigners for personal gain.

In March 2018, YE was detained and put under investigation on suspicion of economic crimes. CEFC was then declared bankrupt in March 2020 alleged to have faked deals and bribed foreign governments for oil rights.

Some of these were facilitated by Patrick Ho, CPPCC member and the former Hong Kong Secretary for Home Affairs in Tung’s administration.

On November 18, 2017, Ho was arrested at the John F. Kennedy International Airport on bribery and money-laundering charges, and called HUNTER for legal assistance.

HUNTER later told The New Yorker that he doesn’t see Ye as a “shady character at all,” and he characterized the outcome as “bad luck.”

The report's conclusion:


Whether he understands it or not, it is apparent that HUNTER has been compromised by Chinese intelligence, who most likely have detailed files on HUNTER’s time spent in China, encompassing his personal meetings and any other activities.

Furthermore, YE is associated with the PLA’s General Political Department, which directly opposes the US military in Asia, creating a serious conflict of interest for his father BIDEN.

Putting it all together, the report concludes that the Chinese influence operation targeting Biden and Heinz, the two most important people in US foreign policy under the Obama administration, and their children can now be tied between a small group of organizations and individuals.


Dating back to Biden’s time in the Senate meeting with Yang, this was never from the Chinese perspective anything less than an official influence operation.

Everything surrounding HUNTER took place with official Chinese organizations known to engage in and tasked with influence operations.



Related: FBI Allegedly Obtained Hunter Biden Computer, Data On Ukraine Dealings, Report Claims & Obama, Clinton, Biden And Brennan Will “Hang For Treason” When This Evidence Comes Out… BOMBSHELL recordings prove they had Seal Team Six EXECUTED to cover up deep state crimes

Of course, in exchange for funneling tens of millions to Hunter (and, indirectly according to recent allegations, his father), China also got something: this:


Over time BIDEN’s approach to China changed significantly.

Under the Clinton and early part of the Bush administrations he could be considered moderately hawkish on China. However, during his time in the Obama administration as one of the key people tasked with China policy, his views became very dovish.


Interestingly, BIDEN repeatedly is using preferred CCP language in describing approaches to relations or specific issues.

The CCPIT specifically works with businessmen to convince their home governments it is in their best interest to avoid damaging measures such as sanctions to China.

Other organizations mentioned work specifically to engage in elite capture or influence politicians or governments.

The presence of all these institutions collectively strongly imply this was an influence operation by the Chinese state and whether directly or indirectly, BIDEN shifted his view from hawkish to dovish after HUNTER began receiving entrée into Chinese elite political and financial institutions.

Finally, going back to Chris Balding who originally published the report, here is his own brief summary of everything laid out in the 64 page report:


Beginning just before Joe Biden's ascendancy to the Vice Presidency, Hunter Biden was travelling to Beijing meeting with Chinese financial institutions and political figures would ultimately become his investors. 

Finalized in 2013, the investment partnership included money from the Chinese government, social security, and major state-owned banks a veritable who’s who of Chinese state finance.

It is not simply the state money that should cause concern but the structures and deals that took place. Most investment in specific projects came from state owned entities and flowed into state backed projects or enterprises.

Even the deals speak to the worst of cronyism. The Hunter Biden investment firm share of a copper mine in the Congo was guaranteed with assets put at risk by the larger copper company to ensure deal flow to Hunter’s firm.

In another instance, Bank of China working on an IPO in Hong Kong gave its share allocation to the BHR investment partnership.

They were able to do this because even though the Hunter Biden firm completed no notable work on the IPO, it is counted as a subsidiary of the Bank of China.

The Hunter Biden Chinese investment partnership is literally invested in by the Chinese state and a subsidiary of the Bank of China owned by the Chinese Ministry of Finance.

The entire arrangement speaks to Chinese state interests. Meetings were held at locations that in China speak to the welcoming of foreign dignitaries or state to state relations.

The Chinese organizations surrounding Hunter Biden are known intelligence and influence operatives to the United States government.

The innocuous names like Chinese People’s Institute for Foreign Affairs exist to “…carry out government-directed policies and cooperative initiatives with influential foreigners without being perceived as a formal part of the Chinese government.”

Interestingly the CPIFA is under the Chinese Ministry of Foreign Affairs. When the investment partnership was struck in 2013, the Minister of Foreign Affairs was Yang Jiechi.

Yang would have been very familiar with Hunter Biden from his days in Washington as the Chinese Ambassador to the United States from 2001 to 2005 during which he met regularly with Joe Biden chairing the Senate Foreign Relations Committee.

Today the same individual who oversaw institutions helping shepherd Hunter’s investment partnership as the Minister of Foreign Affairs is Xi Jinping’s right hand man on foreign affairs and member of the powerful Politburo.

Most worrying is the financial leverage this gives the Chinese state over a direct member of the Biden family

Despite the widely reported $1-1.5 billion of investment the reality is likely much higher. A co-founder of the investment firm reports the total assets under management as $6.5 billion. 

While this number cannot be completely replicated, given that two deal alone were worth in excess of $1.6 billion this number is not unrealistic at all. 

A 2% annual fee on assets under management would generate $130 million annually. Add in the 20% fee on capital gains the firm would recognize and it is not difficult to see Hunter’s stake being worth in excess of $50 million.

According to Hunter’s attorney, he did not invest his $400,000 in the company until 2017. Even assuming the veracity of this statement, this raises a major problem.

Founded in 2013, the firm had large amounts of revenue and assets under management by 2017. In other words, his $400,000 stake would have already been worth far more than what he paid for it.

This paltry $400,000 investment worth more than $50 million now would have realized a gain of more than 12,400% in three years.

The difficulty in eluding these concerns is their documentability by anyone who cares to look

There is no potential for hacking because it is all public record in China. Any journalist who wishes to look can go review IPO prospectuses, news reports, or corporate records.

There is no secret method for discovering this data other than actually looking.

There is simply no way to avoid the reality that Hunter Biden was granted a 10% stake worth far in excess of what he paid for a firm that is literally operated and owned by the Chinese state.

I did not vote for Donald Trump in 2016 and have significant concerns about his policies in areas like immigration.

Having lived in China for nine years throughout the Xi regimes construction of concentration camps and having witnessed first hand their use of influence and intelligence operations, the Biden links worry me profoundly.

Whether Joe Biden personally knew the details, a very untenable position, it is simply political malpractice to not be aware of the details of these financial arrangements.

These documentable financial links simply cannot be wished away.

And this is why Beijing is desperate to get Joe Biden - whose son got extremely wealthy thanks to China's influence peddling operation for the past a decade- into the White House.

You can read the full PDF report here.


Related Articles:

Chinese whistleblower reveals Hunter Biden “sex tapes” contain video of Joe Biden’s son sexually ABUSING multiple under-age Chinese teens

Damning emails to Hunter Biden from Burisma exec indicate he sought assistance to “close down” corruption investigations

FBI continuing to play the role of deep state guardian by covering for Joe and Hunter Biden in latest bid to harm Trump

Trump Did Not Ask AG Barr to Launch Probe Against Bidens, White House Press Secretary Says

DOJ Antitrust Lawsuit Against Google Draws Bipartisan Praise

Trump Administration, 11 States, Launch Antitrust Lawsuit Against Search Behemoth Google

Trump Urges AG Barr to ‘Act Fast’ to Probe Hunter Biden Business Dealings

Debate Post-Mortem: "Malarkey" Takes On "401K's In Hell" In Informative But Firework-Free Spectacle

Joe Biden Calls NY Post Story About Son Hunter ‘Another Smear Campaign’

Pence Calls On Joe Biden to Come Forward With Answers on Hunter Biden Scandal

Bannon: Trump Should Revoke Joe Biden’s Security Clearance, Hunter’s Emails Make Him National Security Risk

White House Chief of Staff Warns of a Potential Lawsuit Against Tech Giants

Senators Grassley and Johnson Criticize Mainstream Media, Big Tech for Censoring Biden Email Scandal

Rudy Giuliani Turns Over Alleged Photos Of Underage Girls From Hunter's Hard Drive To Delaware Police

Hunter Biden Witness Moved From Prison Cell After Exposing Influence-Peddling Operation

Antitrust Case Against Google Is Strong, Experts Say

Democrats and Media Claim Hunter Biden Stories Are Russian ‘False Narrative’

Hunter Biden Under Scrutiny for Business Deals With Chinese Exec With Links to Military

FBI continuing to play the role of deep state guardian by covering for Joe and Hunter Biden in latest bid to harm Trump


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

CNN Admits The Health Ranger Has Been Right All Along: Sunscreen Chemicals Are Absorbed Into Your Bloodstream Where They Can Promote Cancer
October 25 2020 | From: NaturalNews / Various

The Center for Drug Evaluation and Research (CDER), a branch of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA), has published the results of a pilot study looking at the safety of many common sunscreen products – and what was discovered is that sunscreen chemicals absorb into the bloodstream via the skin in a matter of hours.



As reported by CNN and others, the results of the study, which were published in the Journal of the American Medical Association (JAMA), reveal that, rather than evaporate or wash off, sunscreen chemicals persist and accumulate in people’s bodies through their skin, which is the body’s largest organ.

Related: Sunscreen chemicals are Killing you (and poisoning the environment)

CDER looked at four common chemicals used in conventional sunscreen products: avobenzone, oxybenzone, ecamsule, and octocrylene.

What the agency found is that concentrations of three of them continue to rise inside the body with each subsequent application, and persist there for at least 24 hours after sunscreen use has ceased.

According to the FDA, these four chemicals, as well as eight others that are also commonly used in many sunscreen products, need to be better researched by manufacturers before they can receive the FDA’s coveted designation of being “generally regarded as safe and effective.”


“It’s not news that things that you put on your skin are absorbed into the body,”
says Scott Faber, senior vice president for government affairs at the Environmental Working Group (EWG), a consumer advocacy group.

This study is the FDA’s way of showing sunscreen manufacturers they need to do the studies to see if chemical absorption poses health risks.




Related: Sunscreen Causes Cancer? What You May Not Know About Sunscreen

For related news about the FDA, be sure to visit FDA.news.


Natural News Has Been Warning About Dangerous Sunscreen Chemicals for More Than a Decade

As the FDA catches up with the times, it’s important to note that Natural News has been warning the public about the dangers and ineffectiveness of conventional sunscreen products for well over a decade.

As you may recall from back in 2007, we published The Sunscreen Myth, a comprehensive paper and CounterThink cartoon that goes into great detail about why the entire concept behind sunscreen supposedly protecting the skin against cancer is a myth – and the fact that many sunscreen products actually cause cancer.

The Sunscreen Myth also explains how sunscreen chemicals absorb directly through the skin and immediately enter the bloodstream, loading people’s bodies with all sorts of synthetic compounds that may or may not get effectively detoxified and excreted by the liver and other cleansing organs.



Related: Dangerous Products That We’re Unknowingly Using In Our Day-To-Day Life + The Cancer Risk To People Who Drink Chlorinated Water Is 93% Higher Than Those Who Don’t

Like cigarette advertising from the past that claimed doctors favored smoking, the sunscreen hysteria of today is based on little more than fear-mongering and pseudoscience.

Truth be told, our bodies need sunlight in order to generate immune-supportive vitamin D – a pro-hormone nutrient that’s effectively blocked by sunscreen.


"There is no need for sunscreen, but the cancer industry and sunscreen manufacturers have created a fictitious need through a campaign of fear and disinformation, hypnotizing practically the entire population into believing one of the most ridiculous ideas in the universe: that sunlight is bad for human health,"
explains The Sunscreen Myth.

“They didn’t run and hide from the sun, they used it as nourishment to generate a crucial vitamin that supports human health in a multitude of ways. The idea that “the sun is bad for you” makes about as much sense as ‘water is bad for you’ or ‘the Earth is flat,'” it adds.

It is also recommended that readers check out “The Trouble with Ingredients in Sunscreen,” put out by EWG as a public educational resource.

To learn more about the vital importance of vitamin D for optimal health, be sure to check out VitaminD.news.


Related Articles:

Top 10 Reasons To Avoid Sunscreen Like The Plague

Chlorine in swimming pools transforms sunscreen into cancer-causing toxic chemical right on your skin

Scientists Blow The Lid On Cancer & Sunscreen Myth

Dangerous Products That We’re Unknowingly Using In Our Day-To-Day Life + The Cancer Risk To People Who Drink Chlorinated Water Is 93% Higher Than Those Who Don’t

Cancer Industry Plotting To Destroy The New Cancer Cure Developed By Israeli Scientists - The Attacks Have Already Begun

Modern Life Is Killing Our Children: UK Cancer Rate In Young People Up 40% In 16 Years + 12 Things A Cancer Doctor Should Never Say

Cancer Warning! Why you may need more sun


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Ecology And The Human Heart
October 24 2020 | From: UpliftConnect / Various

The Ripple Effect of Finding Internal Balance.



According to Buddhist teaching, there is a very close interdependence between the natural environment and the sentient beings living in it.

Related: The Guru Obsession: Why No One Is Qualified To Be Anyone’s Guru

Some of my friends have told me that basic human nature is somewhat violent, but I told them I disagree.

If we examine different animals, for example, those whose very survival depends on taking others lives, such as tigers or lions, we learnt that their basic nature provides them with sharp fangs and claws.

Peaceful animals, such as deer, which are completely vegetarian, are gentler and have smaller teeth and no claws. From that viewpoint we human beings have a non-violent nature.

As to the question of human survival, human beings are social animals. In order to survive we need companions. Without other human beings there is simply no possibility of surviving; that is a law of nature.

Since I deeply believe that human beings are basically gentle by nature, I feel that we should not only maintain gentle, peaceful relations with our fellow human beings but also that it is very important to extend the same kind of attitude towards the natural environment.

Morally speaking, we should be concerned for our whole environment.



We depend on our environment and our environment depends on us

Related: Science As We Know It Can’t Explain Consciousness – But A Revolution Is Coming

Then there is another viewpoint, not just a question of ethics but a question of our own survival. The environment is very important not only for this generation but also for future generations.

If we exploit the environment in extreme ways, even though we may get some money or other benefit from it now, in the long run we ourselves will suffer and future generations will suffer.

When the environment changes, climatic conditions also change. When they change dramatically, the economy and many other things change as well. Even our physical health will be greatly affected. So this is not merely a moral question but also a question of our own survival.

Therefore, in order to succeed in the protection and conservation of the natural environment, I think it is important first of all to bring about an internal balance within human beings themselves.



Related: Scientists: Earth’s Magnetic Fields Carry Biologically Relevant Information That ‘Connects All Living Systems’

The abuse of the environment, which has resulted in such harm to the human community, arose out of ignorance of the importance of the environment.

I think it is essential to help people to understand this. We need to teach people that the environment has a direct bearing on our own benefit.

I am always talking about the importance of compassionate thought. As I said earlier, even from your own selfish viewpoint, you need other people.

So, if you develop concern for other people’s welfare, share other people’s suffering, and help them, ultimately you will benefit. If you think only of yourself and forget about others, ultimately you will lose. That is also something like a law of nature.



Caring for others is also caring for ourselves

Related: The Limitations From Accepting Things As ‘Normal’

It is quite simple: if you do not smile at people, but frown at them, they respond similarly, don’t they? If you deal with other people in a very sincere, open way, they behave similarly.

Everybody wants to have friends and does not want enemies. The proper way to create friends is to have a warm heart, not simply money or power.

The friend of power and the friend of money are something different: These are not true friends. True friends should be real friends of heart, shouldn’t they?

I am always telling people that those friends who come around when you have money and power are not truly your friends, but friends of money and power, because as soon as the money and power disappear, those friends are also ready to leave.

They are not reliable.

Genuine, human friends stand by, whether you are successful or unlucky, and always share your sorrow and burdens. The way to make such friends is not by being angry, nor by having good education or intelligence, but by having a good heart.



True connection comes from the heart: From kindness

Related: A film about purpose in life, seen through the eyes of a Buddhist monk and his son

To think more deeply, if you must be selfish, then be wisely selfish, not narrow-mindedly selfish. The key thing is the sense of universal responsibility; that is the real source of strength, the real source of happiness.

If our generation exploits everything available – the trees, the water, and the minerals – without any care for the coming generations or the future, then we are at fault, aren’t we?

But if we have a genuine sense of universal responsibility as our central motivation, then our relations with our neighbors, both domestic and international, improves.

Another important question is: What is consciousness, what is the mind? In the Western world, during the last one or two centuries there has been great emphasis on science and technology, which mainly deal with matter.




Your Life in One Minute





Life's journey is unpredictable. But that part of it called death isn't.

Yet most of us don't like to talk about death. In fact, we are so afraid to face our own mortality that we do anything we can to avoid thinking about it.

But let's admit it: Whether we like it or not, we're all going to die. And one thing is certain: To pretend like we won't die isn't going to make our lives any better.

On the contrary, when we don't accept death we can't truly enjoy life. If you'd like to understand why, check out my newest video where I'm sharing my thoughts on the matter.

Watch Now: Death: The Prophecy That Never Fails





Today some nuclear physicists and neurologists say that when you investigate particles in a very detailed way, there is some kind of influence from the side of the observer, the knower. What is this knower?

A simple answer is; A human being, the scientist. How does the scientist know? With the brain, Western scientists have identified only a few hundred so far.

Now, whether you call it mind, brain, or consciousness, there is a relationship between brain and mind and also mind and matter. I think this is important.

I feel it is possible to hold some sort of dialogue between Eastern philosophy and Western science on the basis of this relationship.

No doctor can give you an injection of mental peace, and no market can sell it to you

Related: Meditation For Beginners: A Guide To Inner Tranquility

In any case, these days we human beings are very much more involved in the external world, while we neglect the internal world.

We do need scientific development and material development in order to survive and to increase the general benefit and prosperity, but equally as much we need mental peace.

Yet no doctor can give you an injection of mental peace, and no market can sell it to you. If you go to a supermarket with millions and millions of dollars, you can buy anything, but if you go there and ask for peace of mind, people will laugh.

And if you ask a doctor for genuine peace of mind, not the mere sedation you get from taking some kind of pill or injection, the doctor cannot help you.

Even today’s sophisticated computers cannot provide you with mental peace.



Related: In Harmony with All Life: The Open Source Way + Lifting The Veil: Merging Science And Spirituality

Mental peace must come from the mind. Everyone wants happiness and pleasure, but if we compare physical pleasure and physical pain with mental pleasure and mental pain, we find that the mind is more effective, predominant, and superior.

Thus it is worthwhile adopting certain methods to increase mental peace, and in order to do that, it is important to know more about the mind. When we talk about preservation of the environment, it is related to many other things.

The key point is to have genuine sense of universal responsibility, based on love and compassion, and clear awareness.


Related Articles:

There’s Growing Evidence That the Universe Is Connected by Giant Structures

Missing Links with Gregg Braden

What's Really Going On? | Dr. Dietrich Klinghardt

Russian Ministry of Defense Article Claims Humans Can Telepathically Communicate With Dolphins


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Court That Rules The World
October 23 2020 | From: Buzzfeed

A parallel legal universe, open only to corporations and largely invisible to everyone else, helps executives convicted of crimes escape punishment.



Part one of a BuzzFeed News investigation - Read the whole series here.

Imagine a private, global super court that empowers corporations to bend countries to their will.

Say a nation tries to prosecute a corrupt CEO or ban dangerous pollution. Imagine that a company could turn to this super court and sue the whole country for daring to interfere with its profits, demanding hundreds of millions or even billions of dollars as retribution.

Imagine that this court is so powerful that nations often must heed its rulings as if they came from their own supreme courts, with no meaningful way to appeal.

That it operates unconstrained by precedent or any significant public oversight, often keeping its proceedings and sometimes even its decisions secret.

That the people who decide its cases are largely elite Western corporate attorneys who have a vested interest in expanding the court’s authority because they profit from it directly, arguing cases one day and then sitting in judgment another.

That some of them half-jokingly refer to themselves as “The Club” or “The Mafia.

And imagine that the penalties this court has imposed have been so crushing - and its decisions so unpredictable - that some nations dare not risk a trial, responding to the mere threat of a lawsuit by offering vast concessions, such as rolling back their own laws or even wiping away the punishments of convicted criminals.

This system is already in place, operating behind closed doors in office buildings and conference rooms in cities around the world.

Known as investor-state dispute settlement, or ISDS, it is written into a vast network of treaties that govern international trade and investment, including NAFTA and the Trans-Pacific Partnership, which Congress must soon decide whether to ratify.

These trade pacts have become a flashpoint in the US presidential campaign. But an 18-month BuzzFeed News investigation, spanning three continents and involving more than 200 interviews and tens of thousands of documents, many of them previously confidential, has exposed an obscure but immensely consequential feature of these trade treaties, the secret operations of these tribunals, and the ways that business has co-opted them to bring sovereign nations to heel.

The BuzzFeed News investigation explores four different aspects of ISDS. In coming days, it will show how the mere threat of an ISDS case can intimidate a nation into gutting its own laws, how some financial firms have transformed what was intended to be a system of justice into an engine of profit, and how America is surprisingly vulnerable to suits from foreign companies.

The series starts today with perhaps the least known and most jarring revelation:

Companies and executives accused or even convicted of crimes have escaped punishment by turning to this special forum. Based on exclusive reporting from the Middle East, Central America, and Asia, BuzzFeed News has found the following:


A Dubai real estate mogul and former business partner of Donald Trump [not that that means anything, he's had hundreds of business partners] was sentenced to prison for collaborating on a deal that would swindle the Egyptian people out of millions of dollars - but then he turned to ISDS and got his prison sentence wiped away.

In El Salvador, a court found that a factory had poisoned a village - including dozens of children - with lead, failing for years to take government-ordered steps to prevent the toxic metal from seeping out. But the factory owners’ lawyers used ISDS to help the company dodge a criminal conviction and the responsibility for cleaning up the area and providing needed medical care.

Two financiers convicted of embezzling more than $300 million from an Indonesian bank used an ISDS finding to fend off Interpol, shield their assets, and effectively nullify their punishment.


[Historical] When the US Congress votes on whether to give final approval to the sprawling Trans-Pacific Partnership, which President Barack Obama staunchly supports, it will be deciding on a massive expansion of ISDS. Donald Trump and Hillary Clinton oppose the overall treaty, but they have focused mainly on what they say would be the loss of American jobs.



Clinton’s running mate, Tim Kaine, has voiced concern about ISDS in particular, and Sen. Elizabeth Warren has lambasted it. Last year, members of both houses of Congress tried to keep it out of the Pacific trade deal. They failed.

ISDS is basically binding arbitration on a global scale, designed to settle disputes between countries and foreign companies that do business within their borders. Different treaties can mandate slightly different rules, but the system is broadly the same.

When companies sue, their cases are usually heard in front of a tribunal of three arbitrators, often private attorneys. The business appoints one arbitrator and the country another, then both sides usually decide on the third together.

Conceived of in the 1950s, the system was intended to benefit both developing nations and the foreign companies that sought to invest in them.

The companies would gain a fair, neutral referee if a rogue regime seized their property or discriminated against them in favor of domestic companies. And the countries would gain the roads or hospitals or industries that those foreign corporations would, as a result, feel confident building.


“It works,”
said Charles Brower, a longtime ISDS arbitrator. “Like any system of law, there will be disappointments; you’re dealing with human systems. But this system fundamentally produces as good justice as the federal courts of the United States.” [Not a benchmarch which should be aspired to.]


Charles Brower



He defended the lawyers who often serve as arbitrators, saying they:



"Are very aware of their responsibilities. Unlike politicians, we are up for election every minute of every day - somewhere in the world, somebody is trying to figure out whom to appoint in a case. We’re only as good as our reputations.”

As proof that ISDS delivers justice, Brower pointed to a wave of nationalizations by the Venezuelan government, many while Hugo Chávez was in charge, that led to:


"Huge awards against them for uncompensated expropriation.”

ISDS has not only put rapacious leaders on notice, its defenders say, but it has also encouraged investment, especially in poor countries, helping to raise overall economic development.

Some even say that it helps avoid gunboat diplomacy and tense international showdowns because countries have agreed on a forum where they can resolve disputes involving major investments.


But over the last two decades, ISDS has morphed from a rarely used last resort, designed for egregious cases of state theft or blatant discrimination, into a powerful tool that corporations brandish ever more frequently, often against broad public policies that they claim crimp profits.

Because the system is so secretive, it is not possible to know the total number of ISDS cases, but lawyers in the field say it is skyrocketing. Indeed, of the almost 700 publicly known cases across the last half century, more than a tenth were filed just last year.

Driving this expansion are the lawyers themselves. They have devised new and creative ways to deploy ISDS, and in the process bill millions to both the businesses and the governments they represent. At posh locales around the globe, members of The Club meet to swap strategies and drum up potential clients, some of which are household names, such as ExxonMobil or Eli Lilly, but many more of which are much lower profile.



In specialty publications, the lawyers suggest novel ways to use ISDS as leverage against governments. It’s a sort of sophisticated, international version of the plaintiff’s attorney TV ad or billboard: Has your business been harmed by an increase in mining royalties in Mali? Our experienced team of lawyers may be able to help.

A few of their ideas: Sue Libya for failing to protect an oil facility during a civil war. Sue Spain for reducing solar energy incentives as a severe recession forced the government to make budget cuts. Sue India for allowing a generic drug company to make a cheaper version of a cancer drug.

In a little-noticed 2014 dissent, US Chief Justice John Roberts warned that ISDS arbitration panels hold the alarming power to review a nation’s laws and “effectively annul the authoritative acts of its legislature, executive, and judiciary.” ISDS arbitrators, he continued, “can meet literally anywhere in the world” and “sit in judgment” on a nation’s “sovereign acts.”




That fate has not yet befallen the United States - but largely because of sheer luck, former government lawyers said.

In theory, ISDS arbitrators must follow the rules laid down in trade pacts.

But in practice, they have interpreted the vague language of many treaties as enshrining broad, unwritten rights far beyond protections against property seizures and blatant discrimination - even finding, in one case, a right to a “reasonable rate of return.”

Some entrepreneurial lawyers scout for ways to make money from ISDS.

Selvyn Seidel
, an attorney who represented clients in ISDS suits, now runs a specialty firm, one that finds investors willing to fund promising suits for a cut of the eventual award.

Some lawyers, he said, monitor governments around the world in search of proposed laws and regulations that might spark objections from foreign companies.


"Huge awards against them for uncompensated expropriation.”

“You know it’s coming down the road,”
he said, “so, in that year before it’s actually changed, you can line up the right claimants and the right law firms to bring a number of cases.”

The US officials who negotiated the Trans-Pacific Partnership have argued that it contains new ISDS safeguards, including opening up hearings and legal filings to the public.

The changes, however, have loopholes, and lawyers at some big firms are already advising clients how they might use the new deal to their benefit.

Opposition to ISDS is spreading across the political spectrum, with groups on the left and right attacking the system.

Around the world, a growing number of countries are pushing for reforms or pulling out entirely.

But most of the alarm has been focused on the potential use of ISDS by corporations to roll back public-interest laws, such as those banning the use of hazardous chemicals or raising the minimum wage.

The system’s usefulness as a shield for the criminal and the corrupt has remained virtually unknown.

Reviewing publicly available information for about 300 claims filed during the past five years, BuzzFeed News found more than 35 cases in which the company or executive seeking protection in ISDS was accused of criminal activity, including money laundering, embezzlement, stock manipulation, bribery, war profiteering, and fraud.

Among them: a bank in Cyprus that the US government accused of financing terrorism and organized crime, an oil company executive accused of embezzling millions from the impoverished African nation of Burundi, and the Russian oligarch known as “the Kremlin’s banker.”

Some are at the center of notorious scandals, from the billionaire accused of orchestrating a massive Ponzi scheme in Mauritius to multiple telecommunications tycoons charged in the ever-widening “2G scam” in India, which made it into Time magazine’s top 10 abuses of power, alongside Watergate.

The companies or executives involved in these cases either denied wrongdoing or did not respond to requests for comment.



Most of the 35-plus cases are still ongoing. But in at least eight of the cases, bringing an ISDS claim got results for the accused wrongdoers, including a multimillion-dollar award, a dropped criminal investigation, and dropped criminal charges. In another, the tribunal has directed the government to halt a criminal case while the arbitration is pending.

Of course, there are governments that don’t have clean hands themselves, and some claims by businesses have been justified. The legal systems of some countries are flagrantly unfair or riddled with corruption.

Moreover, authoritarian or kleptocratic regimes sometimes do use their justice systems as political weapons. For example, arbitrators ordered Russia to pay compensation after finding that Vladimir Putin and his administration had used criminal and tax proceedings to destroy his political rival Mikhail Khodorkovsky’s oil company.

Lawyers say that some governments, faced with a legitimate ISDS claim, will even trump up a criminal charge to deflect from their own wrongdoing. For example, arbitrators found there was evidence suggesting that Bolivia had launched a fraud case against mining-company executives as a ploy to get the company’s ISDS claim thrown out.

But even some members of The Club said they were concerned by how often credible allegations of criminality arise. Many ISDS lawyers say that the system helps promote the rule of law around the world.

If ISDS is seen as protecting criminals, they fear, it could delegitimize a system that is working well for many others.

One lawyer who regularly represents governments said he’s seen evidence of corporate criminality that he “couldn’t believe.

Speaking on the condition that he not be named because he’s currently handling ISDS cases, he said;


“You have a lot of scuzzy sort-of thieves for whom this is a way to hit the jackpot.”





Read the full accounts of what happened in the cases of Egypt, El Salvador and Indonesia at: Buzzfeed

Be advised: If the TPPA / TTIP et al were ratified, it would be these pricks coming to rape our countries.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
“We Are The Death Merchant Of The World”: Ex-Bush Official Lawrence Wilkerson Condemns Military-Industrial Complex
October 22 2020 | From: Salon / Various

The military-industrial complex "is much more pernicious than Eisenhower ever thought," says the retired US colonel.



Col. Lawrence Wilkerson is tired of “the corporate interests that we go abroad to slay monsters for.”

Related: Who Really Owns and Controls the Military-Industrial Complex and What Are They Doing? – An Extensive Research Report

As the former chief of staff to Secretary of State Colin Powell, Wilkerson played an important role in the George W. Bush administration. In the years since, however, the former Bush official has established himself as a prominent critic of U.S. foreign policy.


“I think Smedley Butler was onto something,” explained Lawrence Wilkerson, in an extended interview with Salon.

In his day, in the early 20th century, Butler was the highest ranked and most honored official in the history of the U.S. Marine Corps. He helped lead wars throughout the world over a series of decades, before later becoming a vociferous opponent of American imperialism, declaring “war is a racket.”


Wilkerson spoke highly of Butler, referencing the late general’s famous quote:


“Looking back on it, I might have given Al Capone a few hints. The best he could do was to operate his racket in three districts. I operated on three continents.”

“I think the problem that Smedley identified, quite eloquently actually,” Wilkerson said, “especially for a Marine - I had to say that as a soldier,” the retired Army colonel added with a laugh;

“I think the problem is much deeper and more profound today, and much more subtle and sophisticated.”


Today, the military-industrial complex “is much more pernicious than Eisenhower ever thought it would be,” Wilkerson warned.

In his farewell address in 1961, former President Dwight D. Eisenhower famously cautioned Americans that the military and corporate interests were increasingly working together, contrary to the best interests of the citizenry. He called this phenomenon the military-industrial complex.

As a case study of how the contemporary military-industrial complex works, Wilkerson pointed to leading weapons corporations like Lockheed Martin, and their work with draconian, repressive Western-allied regimes in the Gulf, or in inflaming tensions in Korea.


“Was Bill Clinton’s expansion of NATO - after George H. W. Bush and [his Secretary of State] James Baker had assured Gorbachev and then Yeltsin that we wouldn’t go an inch further east - was this for Lockheed Martin, and Raytheon, and Boeing, and others, to increase their network of potential weapon sales?” Wilkerson asked.

“You bet it was,” he answered.

“Is there a penchant on behalf of the Congress to bless the use of force more often than not because of the constituencies they have and the money they get from the defense contractors?” Wilkerson continued.

Again, he answered his own question: “You bet.”

“It’s not like Dick Cheney or someone like that went and said let’s have a war because we want to make money for Halliburton, but it is a pernicious on decision-making,” the former Bush official explained.

“And the fact that they donate so much money to congressional elections and to PACs and so forth is another pernicious influence.”

“Those who deny this are just being utterly naive, or they are complicit too,” Wilkerson added.

“And some of my best friends work for Lockheed Martin,” along with Raytheon, Boeing and Halliburton, he quipped.

Wilkerson - who in the same interview with Salon defended Edward Snowden, saying the whistle-blower performed an important service and did not endanger U.S. national security - was also intensely critical of the growing movement to “privatize public functions, like prisons.”



Col. Lawrence Wilkerson


“I fault us Republicans for this majorly,” he confessed - although a good many prominent Democrats have also jumped on the neoliberal bandwagon.

In a 2011 speech, for instance, Secretary of State Hillary Clinton declared, “It’s time for the United States to start thinking of Iraq as a business opportunity” for U.S. corporations.

Wilkerson lamented,We’ve privatized the ultimate public function: war.

In many respects it is now private interests that benefit most from our use of military force, he continued.

Whether it’s private security contractors, that are still all over Iraq or Afghanistan, or it’s the bigger-known defense contractors, like the number one in the world, Lockheed Martin.”

Journalist Antony Loewenstein detailed how the U.S. privatized its wars in Iraq and Afghanistan in another interview with Salon. There are an estimated 30,000 military contractors working for the Pentagon in Afghanistan today; they outnumber U.S. troops three-to-one. Thousands more are in Iraq.

Lockheed Martin simply “plans to sell every aspect of missile defense that it can,” regardless of whether it is needed, Wilkerson said. And what is best to maximize corporate interest is by no means necessarily the same as what is best for average citizens.


We dwarf the Russians or anyone else who sells weapons in the world,” the retired Army colonel continued.

We are the death merchant of the world.

Related: The Greatest Threat to Our Freedoms: Governments of Scoundrels, Spies, Thieves, Ruffians, Rapists and Killers


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The World’s Top Five ‘Most Evil’ Corporations
October 21 2020 | From: RT / Various

Most companies become successful thanks to their stellar reputations. But not always.



RT Business scraped the bottom of the barrel to find the most hated companies trending on the internet.

Related: Elizabeth Holmes’ “Theranos” fraud was actually a plot to surveil the blood and DNA of everyone


Monsanto

The company that needs no introduction, creator of DDT and Agent Orange, Monsanto is one the world’s largest pesticide and GMO seed manufacturers.

It is known for being the first company to genetically modify a seed to make it resistant to pesticides and herbicides.

Monsanto’s herbicides have been blamed for killing millions of crop acres, while its chemicals were added to blacklists of products causing cancer and many other health problems.



Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Related: Glyphosate Worse Than We Could Imagine: “It’s Everywhere” & Monsanto / Bayer Keeps Riding A Path Of
Corruption



Apple

Once the darling of Microsoft-hating gadget lovers, Apple more recently has been accused of mistreating or underpaying their employees, hiding money offshore, and not paying taxes.

It has also been accused of violating health or environmental legislation, and misusing its position where they have a monopoly in the market.

And, oh yes, deliberately slowing older iPhones and overcharging for its products to boot.



Related: Reality Check: Why McAfee Says FBI Really Wants To End Encryption, Not Hack Just One iPhone


Nestle

The world's largest food and beverage company Nestle says it is committed to enhancing quality of life and contributing to a healthier future.

However, it has been dragged through numerous scandals involving slave labor.

The multinational is one of the most boycotted corporations in the world, as violations of labor rights have been reported at its factories in different countries.



Related: How Nestle Makes Billions Selling You Groundwater In A Bottle


Philip Morris

The products of the American multinational cigarette and tobacco manufacturing company are sold in over 180 countries outside the United States.

Philip Morris owns Marlboro, one of the world's biggest brands.

Back in 1999, Philip Morris courted officials of the Czech Republic by explaining how smoking would in fact help their economy, due to the reduced healthcare costs from its citizens dying early.





Related: There Is Deadly Formaldehyde In Clothing, Food, Cigarettes And Vaccines - What Will You Be Wearing, Eating, Smoking And Injecting Today?


McDonald's

American fast-food company McDonald's was founded in 1940. The company serves more customers each day than the entire population of Great Britain, but has a long history of terrible labor practices.

It has been constantly under fire for serving unhealthy junk food, which contributes health problems.

Researchers have found that McDonald’s burgers cannot decompose on their own.



Related: Fluoride Officially Classified As A Neurotoxin In World’s Top Medical Journals & Perfluorinated Chemicals
(PFCs) Found In Nearly Half Of All Fast Food Wrappers From McDonald’s, Burger King, Starbucks And other Food Retailers



Notable Mentions of Corporations Not Quite Evil Enough to Make the Top List:

Goldman Sachs

JPMorgan Chase

ExxonMobil

Halliburton

British American Tobacco

Dow Chemical

DuPont

Bayer

Microsoft

Google

Facebook

Amazon

Walmart


Related Articles:

General Electric shares plunge after report alleges it’s a ‘bigger fraud than Enron’

A Bank With 49 Trillion Dollars In Exposure To Derivatives Is Melting Down Right In Front Of Our Eyes

Microsoft pays $25 million to settle corruption charges

US Customs just seized a ship owned by JPMorgan after authorities found $1 billion worth of drugs on it

Oklahoma Judge Holds J&J Liable in Opioid Epidemic, Orders $572 Million Damages

Nestlé's Power within the Swiss Government. Swiss Development Aid

The fight to stop Nestlé from taking America's water to sell in plastic bottles


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Dealing With “Waking Up.” How To Handle Discovering More Than Just The Tip Of the Iceberg
October 20 2020 | From: CollectiveEvolution / Various

A look at our current world might bring about emotions or observations linked to feelings of chaos.



With the incredible divide happening in the US due to the upcoming presidential elections, the manufactured gender, race and sexual orientation divides taking place all over, it’s easy to feel like there are ‘bad’ things happening all the time.

Related: The Great Awakening Has Begun

People often look at the media and say it’s there to ruin or shift your perception of the world negatively, and I would partly agree with this for sure.


In Brief:

The Facts: An evolution in the way we view our world and the systems within it is necessary to create meaningful change at this stage in humanity's journey. This starts with an evolution in media.

Reflect On: Can we truly change our world if we don't know where we are truly at? Can we expect to see change in our world if we don't change ourselves?

After all, that’s what inspired me to create a news source that took a different approach. But the reality is, we’re in a time where we have to look at some of the tough things going on in our world in order to understand why they are happening, where we are at and how we can shift.

The difference in the way we like to do that here at CE is, we might talk about some of the ‘darker’ stuff, but we’ll always help in moving through it vs leaving a reader hanging.

This is done through an important process I built called The CE Protocol. This is partly how we have been creating an evolution in media for the past 10 years.

My feeling is that we must combine an observation of what we are actively creating in our world with personal transformation so that we can truly change the challenges we face at the core, versus simply throwing bandaids at the situation.



Related: Loneliness – The Dilemma Of The Awakening Mind

For example, we might want people to unite and be more peaceful with one another, yet we’ll actively attack, mischaracterize others and divide ourselves simply based on something like political orientation.

Why do we do that? Because we don’t know who we are deep down, and we actively get caught up in the illusion of politics that has been manufactured to prey on our programmings.

Therefore, the more we wake up and see the illusion that politics is by consuming different media, the more we begin to see truth and are inspired to make new choices.

This turns us inward where we make changes within ourselves and this then leads us to interact within our world differently because now we are operating from a different state of consciousness.

Many people feel we can simply change our world by working only on ourselves, without having to see the truth of our world.

Often times that changes a person slightly, but they will still support the systems in our world because they still believe in them, thus things don’t change.



Related: I Woke Up And The World Around Me Is Still Asleep: What To Do? + Once You Learn These Nine Lessons From Confucius, Your Priorities In Life Will Completely Change


Here’s How It Can Be Done

In the four short videos below, I will guide you by explaining exactly what this protocol is and how it encompasses the totality of what’s needed to create a shift in inward consciousness and our physical world.

The basic steps are: 1. Breaking The Illusion 2. Awakening Neutrality 3. Deprogramming Limits 4. Living Aligned


1: Breaking The Illusion





2: Awakening Neutrality





3: Deprogramming Limits





4. Living Aligned

 


Due to the pressure of mass censorship, we now have our own censorship-free, and ad-free on demand streaming network!

It is the world's first and only conscious media network streaming mind-expanding interviews, news broadcasts, and conscious shows.

Click here to start a Free 7-Day Trial and watch 100's of hours of conscious media videos, that you won't see anywhere else.


Related Articles:

Society Is Made Of Narrative – Realizing This Is Awakening From The Matrix

Once We Awaken

This Is How Your ‘Aura’ Affects Your Health & Those Around You + Magnetic Fields Of The Human Body And Their Functions & 13 Signs You Are Experiencing A Spiritual Awakening

NWO Control System Vs. The Awakening - Which Will Win?

Three Extraordinary Paradoxes Of Personal Awakening

Are You Awake? Or Just Informed



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
NY Post Editor On Hunter Biden Scandal Report: ‘Judge It For Yourself’ + Giuliani Details Steps Taken To Authenticate Hunter Biden Material
October 19 2020 | From: TheEpochTimes / Various

The New York Post’s opinion editor said the publication has been “very transparent” with how it handled a hard drive that allegedly belonged to Joe Biden’s son Hunter and contained purported emails that point to deals with Ukrainian and Chinese officials.



He calls on readers to “judge it for yourself without letting the narrative be shaped for you before you’ve had a chance to read it.”

Related: Hunter Biden demanded Chinese billionaire pay $10 million for ‘introductions alone’

[Comment: For those sufficiently educated in such matters, some who were born into Illuminati families are not comfortable with the circumstances under which they find themselves, nor the grand plan. This statement is not made as an opt-out for any particular charater - but made more for consideration as things are not always as they seem. Time, indeed, will tell.]

“We were very transparent about what we knew and what we didn’t know. And we reported it out very meticulously. And then, [in the] morning we published it,” said Sohrab Ahmari, the editor, in an interview with Epoch Times on Friday.

After the story was published earlier this week, it quickly went viral on various social media websites.

However, it was later found that Twitter blocked sharing the article and added warning labels, while a Facebook executive, Andy Stone, said the platform would limit the spread of the article and allow its third-party fact-checkers to evaluate the contents.

Some users who shared the link were locked out of their Twitter accounts, including New York Post itself and White House press secretary Kayleigh McEnany.




Tucker: American Media Complicit in Covering up Hunter Biden Scandal




Related Articles:


Secret Service Admits To Destroying Records In Alleged Biden Breast-Grabbing Incident

Emails prove that Biden has lied, long and loud, about his crooked dealings with Burisma - and “our free press” has blacked it out

It’s time for the DoJ to SEIZE Facebook and Twitter, arrest Zuckerberg and Dorsey over malicious blocking of bombshell NY Post article exposing the Biden crime family




As of Friday, it “seems like Twitter unlocked at least the initial Ukraine story. So now you can share it and your viewers can find it anywhere,” he added. “You can find it on our website NYPost.com, they can see for themselves, both the kind of depth and quality of the reporting.”

The move drew several comments from Twitter CEO Jack Dorsey himself, who first said on Wednesday night that communication around the blocking of the article was poor.


Later, Dorsey admitted that “straight blocking of URLs was wrong, and we updated our policy and enforcement to fix.” He added: “Our goal is to attempt to add context, and now we have capabilities to do that.”

Twitter initially claimed the NY Post article violated its policies on “personal and private information” and violations of its Hacked Materials Policy. 


"Commentary on or discussion about hacked materials, such as articles that cover them but do not include or link to the materials themselves, aren’t a violation of this policy. Our policy only covers links to or images of hacked material themselves,” Twitter stated.

But for Ahmari, the damage appears to have been done.

The move from Twitter and Facebook, which announced it had limited the reach of the NY Post’s initial story,


"Just goes to show how much unaccountable power these tech monopolies wield, where our freedom speech today lives or dies on these platforms,” he remarked.

“And, you know … if freedom speech is real, and it matters, it has to be real on these platforms, and yet, it’s hostage to the whims of Silicon Valley billionaires, it seems.”

Joe Biden’s presidential campaign refuted the NY Post’s report, saying Joe Biden met with an executive at Ukrainian gas firm Burisma Holdings.



Related: FBI Allegedly Obtained Hunter Biden Computer, Data On Ukraine Dealings, Report Claims & Obama, Clinton, Biden And Brennan Will “Hang For Treason” When This Evidence Comes Out

“Investigations by the press, during impeachment, and even by two Republican-led Senate committees whose work was decried as ‘not legitimate’ and political by a GOP colleague have all reached the same conclusion: That Joe Biden carried out official U.S. policy toward Ukraine and engaged in no wrongdoing.

Trump Administration officials have attested to these facts under oath, the Biden campaign spokesman Andrew Bates said in a statement to news outlets on Wednesday.


Related Articles:

Twitter LOCKS Accounts Of Media, Celebrities, Gov. Officials For Sharing Biden Scandal Story

Computer Store Owner Describes Handing Over Alleged Hunter Biden Laptop to FBI

Twitter Locks Trump Campaign Account Over Hunter Biden Post: Spokesman

Twitter and Facebook’s Assault on Freedom of the Press

Senate Judiciary Committee to Subpoena Twitter CEO Jack Dorsey Over Blocked Hunter Biden Posts

FBI Tried to Cover Up Hunter Biden Emails, According to Reports

Did Hunter Biden’s Laptop Contain Child Porn?

Twitter and Facebook’s Assault on Freedom of the Press

Senate Judiciary Committee to Subpoena Twitter CEO Jack Dorsey Over Blocked Hunter Biden Posts



Giuliani Details Steps Taken To Authenticate Hunter Biden Material
From: TheEpochTimes

Former New York City Mayor Rudy Giuliani says he spent three weeks authenticating the materials on a copy of a hard drive that once allegedly belonged to Hunter Biden, the son of Democratic presidential nominee Joe Biden
.



The contents of the drive are the subject of a series of explosive reports by the New York Post that shed further light on Hunter Biden’s dealings with China and Ukraine.

Related: Hunter in Sack with Crack: Shock Photos Show Biden Son Amid Drug Binge

Giuliani, President Donald Trump’s personal attorney, told The Epoch Times that he and his attorney, Robert Costello, checked some of the written notes in the drive against samples of Hunter Biden’s handwriting, matched details about undisclosed meetings with confidential information they had already obtained from other sources, and verified the email addresses in the data trove, among other steps.

Giuliani said the drive contains roughly 800 of Hunter Biden’s personal photos, including some which Giuliani alleges show illegal acts. The Epoch Times could not independently verify the claim as Giuliani declined to provide a copy of the files.

Costello allegedly received a copy of the hard drive in August from the owner of a Mac repair shop in Wilmington, Delaware, and handed it to Giuliani three weeks ago, according to the former mayor.

Trump’s former chief strategist, Stephen Bannon, negotiated an exclusive deal with the Post and Giuliani handed a copy of the drive over to the newspaper on Oct. 10. The Post conducted its own authentication effort, Giuliani said.

The exclusive deal with the Post gave the newspaper a head start on covering the material but allows Giuliani to eventually begin disclosing the material to other media, the former mayor said.

Related: Latest Cache Of Emails Detail How Hunter Biden Earned Millions In China "For Introductions"

Along with the copy of the drive, the owner of the Mac repair shop gave Costello a receipt dated April 12, 2019, which he allegedly generated on the day Hunter Biden dropped off a water-damaged laptop and requested the data to be recovered.

After Biden failed to pick up the laptop for 90 days and the shop owner, John Paul Mac Isaac, was unable to reach him, Mac Isaac took possession of the laptop and reviewed its contents.

Mac Isaac also gave Costello a copy of an alleged subpoena for the laptop, dated Dec. 9, 2019, which the FBI allegedly used to seize the laptop the same month.

An FBI and the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the District of Delaware declined to confirm the authenticity of the subpoena. Hunter Biden’s lawyer did not respond to a request for comment. Mac Isaac did not respond to requests for an interview.

Despite being convinced about the authenticity of the contents of the drive, Giuliani would not rule out the possibility, in case “the shop owner was lying,” that the laptop may have been brought in by and belonged to someone other than Hunter Biden.

According to an audio published by The Daily Beast, Mac Isaac said a medical problem prevented him from recognizing the person who brought in the laptop.

He also offered shifting accounts about what happened with the laptop and sidestepped questions about the timeline of events.



Related: GOP report claims Hunter Biden paid women linked to ‘prostitution or human trafficking ring

There was a five-month gap between Mac Isaac taking possession of the laptop and turning it over to the FBI; and an eight-month gap between the handoff to the FBI and the first contact with Giuliani’s lawyer.

The Post’s first story on Hunter Biden quickly became the top hit on the newspaper’s website and, after Twitter and Facebook took unprecedented steps to prevent people from sharing the article, rose to the national spotlight as prominent figures expressed outrage over the apparent censorship ahead of the election.

The article described alleged Hunter Biden emails suggesting that in late March or April of 2016 he introduced his father, Joe Biden, who was the vice president at the time, to a top executive from Ukrainian gas firm Burisma. At the time, Hunter Biden held a paid position on the board of Burisma.


"Dear Hunter, thank you for inviting me to DC and giving an opportunity to meet your father and spent [sic] some time together. It’s realty [sic] an honor and pleasure,” the alleged email reads.

The executive, Vadym Pozharskyi, was in Washington not long before the alleged April 17, 2015, email was sent, according to an itinerary released by the Senate Homeland Security Committee.

The Biden campaign told Politico that there is no formal record of a meeting, but did not rule out that Biden and Pozharskyi met informally.

Hunter Biden’s work for Burisma drew attention during the impeachment proceedings against Trump in 2019, which stemmed from a call between the U.S. president and the president of Ukraine, Volodymyr Zelensky.

On the call, Trump asked Zelensky to look into the firing of Ukraine’s top prosecutor, Victor Shokin. Joe Biden has been filmed publicly bragging about forcing Shokin’s ouster by threatening to withhold $1 billion in U.S. loan guarantees to Ukraine.



Related: Emails reveal how Hunter Biden tried to cash in big on behalf of family with Chinese firm

Shokin, in a sworn statement, has said that he was fired due to pressure from Biden because he was investigating Burisma.

On Oct. 15, the day after the initial report on the alleged Ukraine emails, the Post published an article detailing alleged emails between Hunter Biden and his associates about a venture involving a since-defunct Chinese energy company.

One of the alleged emails, dated May 13, 2017, lists a prospective position for Biden as “Chair / Vice Chair depending on agreement with CEFC,” an acronym referring to the former Shanghai-based conglomerate CEFC China Energy Co.

The alleged email, titled “Expectations,” also lists what appears to be a proposed equity breakdown between Biden, his associates, and a share held by Hunter Biden for “the big guy.”

In another alleged email dated Aug. 2, 2017, Hunter Biden describes a $30 million deal he negotiated with Ye Jianming, then-chairman of CEFC who has since vanished in China.

Ye rapidly rose to prominence in China and abroad in the years leading up to 2017, but his prospects crashed in 2018 after U.S. authorities accused his firm and associates of bribing high-level African officials. CEFC was declared bankrupt earlier this year.



Related: Trump On Biden Scandal: “This Is A Big Smoking Gun”; He’s “Blatantly Lying”

The Post also published an alleged attorney engagement letter between Hunter Biden and Patrick Ho, one of Ye’s top lieutenants.

Biden was to receive $1 million for “counsel to matters related to US law and advice pertaining to the hiring and legal analysis of any US Law Firm or Lawyer,” alleged letter states.

Ho subsequently served three years as part of the African bribery case and was deported to Hong Kong. Hunter Biden told The New Yorker that he agreed to represent Ho after Ye told him that he was concerned that “U.S. law-enforcement agencies were investigating” Ho.


Related Articles:

Awkward! Biden Tells Kenosha Voters If He Details His Tax Policy, "They'll Shoot Me"

Twitter Alters Content Moderation Policy After Backlash

GOP Files FEC Complaint Against Twitter Over Blocking of Hunter Biden Article

New Biden Email Obliterates Burisma 'Debunking' Over Fired Prosecutor; Giuliani Teases More Devastating Releases

Jack Dorsey Admits Censorship of New York Post Story Was “Wrong”

Twitter Embarks on Censorship Spree as Biden Exposés Drop

GOP Files FEC Complaint Against Twitter Over Blocking of Hunter Biden Article

NY Post Editor on Hunter Biden Scandal Report: ‘Judge It for Yourself’

It’s time for the DoJ to SEIZE Facebook and Twitter, arrest Zuckerberg and Dorsey over malicious blocking of bombshell NY Post article exposing the Biden crime family

Dem Party Activist: ‘I will lie. I will cheat. I will steal’ to ‘Win’ 2020

Twitter CEO Dorsey Responds To Biden Block-Gate: Unacceptable

"I Wanted It Out Of My Shop" - Computer Repairman Shares Why He Gave Laptop With Hunter Biden's Emails To The FBI

Senate Judiciary To Subpoena Jack Dorsey After Twitter Suspends Trump Campaign, House GOP Accounts Over Biden Scandal


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
A Textbook Case Of Treason + Trump: A Threat To The Deep State
October 18 2020 | From: Zerohedge / TranceFormation / a / Various

“A nation can survive its fools, and even the ambitious. But it cannot survive treason from within. An enemy at the gates is less formidable, for he is known and carries his banner openly.



But the traitor moves amongst those within the gate freely, his sly whispers rustling through all the alleys, heard in the very halls of government itself.” - Marcus Tullius Cicero

Related: Understanding Trump’s United Nations Appearance – He Was Speaking To America, Scorning The Cabal Servants In The Room

The Transition Integrity Project (TIP) is a shadowy group of government, military and media elites who have concocted a plan to spread mayhem and disinformation following the November 3 presidential elections.

The strategy takes advantage of the presumed delay in determining the winner of the upcoming election, (due to the deluge of mail-in votes.)

The interim period is expected to intensify partisan warfare creating the perfect environment for disseminating propaganda and inciting street violence.

The leaders of TIP believe that a mass mobilization will help them to achieve what Russiagate could not, that is, the removal Donald Trump via an illicit coup conjured up by behind-the-scenes powerbrokers and their Democrat allies.

Here’s a little more background from an article by Chris Farrell at the Gatestone Institute:


"In one of the greatest public disinformation campaigns in American history - the Left and their NeverTrumper allies (under the nom de guerre: “Transition Integrity Project”) released a 22-page report in August 2020 “war gaming” four election crisis scenarios:...

The outcome of each TIP scenario results in street violence and political impasse.

... Is it possible that the leadership of the American Left, along with their NeverTrumper allies, are busy talking themselves into advocating and promoting street violence as a response to a presidential election?

The answer is: Yes…. expect violence in the aftermath of the election, because now that is the new ‘normal.”

Farrell is right. As we can see from the many articles that have recently popped up in the media, the American people are being prepared for a contested election that will fuel public anxiety and revolt.

This all fits with the overall strategy of the TIP.

Selected journalists will be used to provide bits of information that serve the interests of the group while the people will be told to expect a long and drawn-out constitutional crisis.




Judicial Watch Statement on the Acquittal of President Donald Trump

(Washington, DC) – Judicial Watch President Tom Fitton made the following statement regarding the Senate’s vote to acquit President Donald Trump:




"Congratulations to President Trump on the overwhelming vote by the U.S. Senate to acquit him and reject the baseless impeachment charges against him.

Thankfully, the U.S. Senate rejected this act of tyranny by the Pelosi-Schiff coup cabal that controls the House of Representatives. Today is “Vindication Day” for the President, the rule of law and the Constitution.

Senate Majority Leader McConnell and the President’s defense team deserve thanks for limiting the damage to our Republic by successfully combating efforts to expand the trial to further abuse President Trump and the rule of law.

There must be accountability for this unprecedented abuse of power that targeted not only President Trump, but the Constitution. We have little doubt the President’s opponents will corruptly continue to abuse and harass him.

That’s why Judicial Watch will continue to investigate and pursue its dozens of lawsuits on the Biden-Ukraine scandal, details about Schiff’s misconduct as well the illegal spying on President Trump and other innocent Americans.”


Related Articles:

Senate Acquits Trump on Both Articles of Impeachment

Impeachment's Big Fail: No Proof of Trump 2020 Motive

More Officials May Be Ousted After Trump’s Acquittal, Says Kellyanne Conway





Meanwhile, the media, the Democrat leadership, trusted elites and elements in the Intelligence Community will put pressure on Trump to step down while firing up their political base to take to the streets.

TIP’s 22-page manifesto makes it clear that mass mobilization will be key to any electoral victory. Here’s an excerpt from the text:


“A show of numbers in the streets-and actions in the streets-may be decisive factors in determining what the public perceives as a just and legitimate outcome.” 

- (“Preventing a Disrupted Presidential Election and Transition” - The Transition Integrity Project)

In other words, the authors fully support demonstrations and political upheaval to achieve their goal of removing Trump.

Clearly, this scorched earth approach did not originate with Joe Biden, but with the cynical and bloodthirsty puppetmasters who operate behind the curtain and who will do anything to advance their agenda.

This is a full-blown color revolution authored and supported by the same oligarchs and deep-state honchoes that have opposed Trump from the very beginning.

They’re not going to back down or call off the dogs until the job is done and Trump is gone. And when the dust settles, Trump will [NOT] likely be charged, tried, sentenced and imprisoned.



Related: 'Trump Was Right': Evidence Of The Corrupt FBI (Cabal) Mission To Take Trump Down

His fortune will be seized, his family will be financially ruined, and his closest advisors and allies will be prosecuted on fabricated charges.

There’s not going to be a “graceful transition” of power if Trump loses. He will face the full wrath of the scheming mandarins he has frustrated for the last 4 years.

These are the men who applauded when Saddam and Ghaddafi were savagely butchered. Will Trump face the same fate as them?

Trump has less than one month to rally his supporters, draw attention to the conspiracy that has is presently underway, and figure out a way to defend himself against the coup plotters. If he is unable to derail the impending junta, his goose is cooked.

It’s worth noting, that the Transition Integrity Project (TIP) has no legal authority to meddle in the upcoming election.

They were not appointed by any congressional committee nor did any government entity approve their intrusive activities.

This is entirely a “lone wolf” operation designed to exploit loopholes in campaign laws in order to undermine public confidence in our elections and to express their unbridled hostility towards Donald Trump.




American Comeback





Related Articles:

Hitting back at the lamestream media by forcing them to question their own reporting

Donald J. Trump: Punisher Has Been Let Loose

President’s Brother Robert Trump Drops Injunction on Mary Trump

"Shut The Eff Up Forever" - Morning Show Host Slams Biden For Calling Trump "The First Racist President"

Why We Shouldn't Believe Polling About Trump





That said, their analysis will probably influence those who share their views. In the first page of their “Executive Summary” they say:


"We assess with a high degree of likelihood that November’s elections will be marked by a chaotic legal and political landscape. 

We also assess that the President Trump is likely to contest the result by both legal and extra-legal means, in an attempt to hold onto power.
” 

- (Ibid)

This short statement provides the basic justification for the group’s existence.

It presents the participants as impartial observers performing their civic duty by objectively analyzing exercises (war games?) that indicate that Trump will challenge the election results in a desperate attempt to hold on to power.

Not surprisingly, the group provides no evidence that the president would react the way they think he would.

In fact, their hypothesis seems extremely far-fetched given the fact that Trump has no militia, no private army, and very few allies among the political class, the Intelligence Community, the FBI, the military or the deep state.



Related: Spygate: Trump Holds All the Cards In This Game + Insider Exposes Google’s Efforts To Influence 2020 Election Against Trump

Who exactly does the group think would help Trump hold on to power: Bill Barr, Larry Kudlow, Melania?

There is nothing “impartial” about this analysis. It is partisan gibberish aimed at discrediting Trump while creating a pretext for launching a coup against him. Here is another sample of TIP’s “objective analysis” from page 1 of the manuscript:


"The Transition Integrity Project (TIP) was launched in late 2019 out of concern that the Trump Administration may seek to manipulate, ignore, undermine or disrupt the 2020 presidential election and transition process. 

TIP takes no position on how Americans should cast their votes, 
or on the likely winner of the upcoming election; either major party candidate could prevail at the polls in November without resorting to “dirty tricks.”

However, the administration of President Donald Trump has steadily undermined core norms of democracy and the rule of law and embraced numerous corrupt and authoritarian practices. 

This presents a profound challenge for those –from either party –who are committed to ensuring free and fair elections, peaceful transitions of power, and stable administrative continuity in the United States.” 

- (Ibid)


Got that? In other words (to paraphrase) “Trump is a corrupt dictator who hates democracy and the rule of law, but that is just our unbiased opinion. Please, don’t let that influence your vote. We just want to make sure the election goes smoothly.”

As we noted, the hatred for Trump permeates the entire 22-page document and that, in turn, undermines the credibility of the author to portray his project as an impartial examination of potential problems in the upcoming election.

There is nothing evenhanded in the approach to these issues or in the remedies that are recommended. This is a partisan project concocted by malicious elites who despise Trump and who plan to remove him from office by hook or crook.





Tucker Warns America: Democrats Fighting for “Complete Control” of United States






Related Articles:

#GoogleGestapo Plan to “Prevent” Trump Win in 2020

Twitter’s New ‘Fact-Checking’ Label Has Dangerous Implications, Experts Say

Tech giants, fake news media in PANIC over Trump’s targeting of Sec. 230; ending “viewpoint censorship” would crush fake news media’s propaganda monopolies on vaccines, 5G and GMOs

Trump Signs Executive Order Stripping Social Media Companies Of "Liability Shield"





So, do we know who the leaders of this (TIP) group are?

Well, we know who their two main spokesmen are: Rosa Brooks - Georgetown law professor and co-founder of the Transition Integrity Project, and Ret. Col. Lawrence Wilkerson, Distinguished Adjunct Professor of Government and Public Policy at the College of William & Mary, and chief of staff to former Secretary of State Colin Powell.

According to an article by Whitney Webb:


"(Rosa) Brooks… was an advisor to the Pentagon and the Hillary Clinton-led State Department during the Obama administration. 

She was also previously the general counsel to the President of the Open Society Institute, part of the Open Society Foundations (OSF), a controversial organization funded by billionaire George Soros. Zoe Hudson, who is TIP’s director, is also a former top figure at OSF, serving as senior policy analyst and liaison between the foundations and the U.S. government for 11 years.

OSF ties to the TIP are a red flag for a number of reasons, namely due to the fact that OSF and other Soros-funded organizations played a critical role in fomenting so-called “color revolutions” to overthrow non-aligned governments, particularly during the Obama administration. Examples of OSF’s ties to these manufactured “revolutions” include Ukraine in 2014 and the “Arab Spring”...

In addition to her ties to the Obama administration and OSF, Brooks is currently a scholar at West Point’s Modern War Institute, where she focuses on “the relationship between the military and domestic policing” and also Georgetown’s Innovative Policing Program. 

She is a currently a key player in the documented OSF-led push to “capitalize” off of legitimate calls for police reform to justify the creation of a federalized police force under the guise of defunding and/or eliminating local police departments.


Brooks’ interest in the “blurring line” between military and police is notable given her past advocacy of a military coup to remove Trump from office and the TIP’s subsequent conclusion that the military “may” have to step in if Trump manages to win the 2020 election, per the group’s “war games” described above.

Brooks is also a senior fellow at the think tank New America. New America’s mission statement notes that the organization is focused on “honestly confronting the challenges caused by rapid technological and social change, and seizing the opportunities those changes create.” 

It is largely funded by Silicon Valley billionaires, including Bill Gates (Microsoft), Eric Schmidt (Google), Reid Hoffman (LinkedIn), Jeffrey Skoll and Pierre Omidyar (eBay).

In addition, it has received millions directly from the U.S. State Department to research “ranking digital rights.” Notably, of these funders, Reid Hoffman was caught “meddling” in the most recent Democratic primary to undercut Bernie Sanders’ candidacy during the Iowa caucus and while others, such as Eric Schmidt and Pierre Omidyar, are known for their cozy ties to the Clinton family and even ties to Hillary Clinton’s 2016 campaign.”

- (““Bipartisan” Washington Insiders Reveal Their Plan for Chaos if Trump Wins the Election“, Unlimited Hangout)


Is it safe to say that Rosa Brooks is a Soros stooge overseeing a color revolution in the United States aimed at toppling Trump and replacing him with a dementia-addled, meat-puppet named Joe Biden?




Trump Asked If He Supports ‘Conspiracy Theory’ That He’s ‘Saving World From Satanic Pedophiles’

President Trump signaled his support of fighting the Satanic New World Order and the pedophiles that run it when asked by a reporter if he supported the Q Anon movement.





Related Articles:

‘Lock Her Up’ Chants Resume At Trump Rally

Hillary Clinton Says Biden Should Not Accept Results Of The 2020 Election

War With The International Banking Cartel

Executive Order on Preventing Online Censorship

Donald Trump: Executive Order Against Online Censorship

The Trump administration this week submitted a petition to the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) as part of an effort to prevent online censorship

Trump signs social media executive order that calls for removal of liability protections over 'censoring'

Anatomy of President Trump’s executive order to end political bias by the tech giants and challenge Sec. 230 (plus 10
urgent action items)






Political analyst Paul Craig Roberts seems to think so. Here’s what he said in a recent post at his website:


“I have provided evidence that the military/security complex, using the media and the Democrats, intends to turn the November election into a color revolution

The evidence of a color revolution in the works is abundantly supplied by CNN, MSNBC, New York Times, NPR, Washington Post and numerous Internet sites funded by the CIA and the foundations and corporations through which it operates...

All of these media organizations are establishing the story in the mind of Americans that Trump will not leave office when he loses or steals the election and must be driven out.

…With Antifa and Black Lives Matter now experienced in violent protests, they will be unleashed anew on American cities when there is news of a Trump election victory.

The media will explain the violence as necessary to free us from a tyrant and egg on the violence, as will the Democrat Party. The CIA will be certain that the violence is well funded….

… What is a reelected President Trump going to do when the Secret Service refuses to repel Antifa and Black Lives Matter when they breach White House Security? …

American Democracy is on the verge of being ended for all times, and the world media will herald the event as the successful overthrowing of a tyrant.”

 (“America’s Color Revolution” - Paul Craig Roberts)

Another of the leading spokesmen for TIP is Retired Colonel Lawrence Wilkerson who made this revealing statement in a recent interview:


“Let me just say some of the things that we’re putting out there. Among those things, one that is very important is the media, particularly the mainstream media.

They cannot act as they usually act with regard to elections. They have to play a coup on election night.

They can’t be declaring some state like Pennsylvania for one candidate or the other. When Pennsylvania probably has thousands upon thousands of votes yet to come in and count.

So, 
the media has to get its act in order and it has to act very differently than it normally does.”

(NOTE: In other words, Wilkerson does not want the media to follow the normal protocols for covering an election, but to adjust their reporting to accommodate the aims of the coup-plotters.

Does that sound like someone who is committed to evenhanded coverage of events, or someone who wants reporters to shape the news to meet the specifications of his own particular agenda? Here’s more from Wilkerson:
)


“Second, ...we also have learned that poll workers have to be younger. And we’ve started a movement all across the country to train young people. And we’ve had really good luck with the volunteers to do so, to be poll workers.

Because we found out in Wisconsin, for example, poll workers are mostly over 60. And many of them didn’t show up because they were afraid of COVID-19.

And so Wisconsin went from about one 188 polling places, to about 15. That’s disastrous.” (“
This ‘War Game’ Maps out what happens if the President contests the Election” - WBUR)

Why is Wilkerson so encouraged by the young people he’s trained to act as poll workers?




Anna von Reitz: Accomplishments by President Trump

While the Media Schmucks have been standing around snarking and stuffing people’s heads full of lies, omissions, deceits, and nonsense - this is just a partial list sent by a friend of what Donald Trump and his Administration has accomplished while you slept.




Related Articles:


Trump Accomplishments List: President Provides Six-Page Document Detailing Successes of Administration

US Will No Longer Be Passive Toward China, White House Adviser Says

Trump’s Second-Term Agenda Includes Ending Reliance on China, Illegal Immigration

Trump to Sign Sweeping Executive Order to Reduce US Reliance on China


Donald Trump Twenty-Four Months On…

Trump’s List: 289 Accomplishments In Just 20 Months, ‘Relentless’ Promise-Keeping






Doesn’t that sound a bit fishy, especially from a dyed-in-the-wool partisan who’s mixed up with a group whose sole aim is to beat Trump? And why are the authors of the TIP manifesto so eager to reveal their true intentions.

Take a look:


“There will likely not be an “election night” this year; unprecedented numbers of voters are expected to use mail-in ballots, which will almost certainly delay the certified result for days or weeks. 

A delay provides a window for campaigns, the media, and others to cast doubt on the integrity of the process and for escalating tensions between competing camps.

As a legal matter, a candidate unwilling to concede can contest the election into January.

- (Ibid)

So, that’s the GamePlan, eh?

The coup plotters want a contested election that drags on for weeks, deepens divisions among the population, undermines confidence in the electoral system, instigates ferocious street fighting in cities across the country, and gives the Biden camp time to mobilize its political resources in Congress to mount a Constitutional attack on Trump.

Can we at least call this treachery by its proper name: Treason - “The crime of betraying one’s country by trying to overthrow the government?”

If the shoe fits...


Related Articles:

Trump 'Approved' Assange Pardon In Exchange For Source Of DNC Leaks: Court Testimony

Trump Administration Ramps up Fight Against Human Trafficking

Don't Trust the Polls. Trump Will Prevail

"Will You Shut Up Man?" - Debate Post-Mortem: Trump Dominant But Biden Better Than Expected

Two Crucial Things Emerged From The First Presidential Debate

Trump, Biden Square Off on Policing, Pandemic, Economy in First Presidential Debate


Trump Nominated for Nobel Peace Prize

Trump Nominated for Nobel Peace Prize by Norwegian Lawmaker

Trump’s COVID Tweet Flooded by Satanic “Curse” Replies

Former Pfizer executive says covid-19 “pandemic is over,” so-called “second wave” based on fraudulent testing

Hydroxychloroquine is a Cheap and Effective Remedy for COVID-19: Anthony Fauci’s “Big Lie”

Coronavirus vaccine trial subjects report extreme exhaustion, shortness of breath, day-long headaches and shaking so violently that one of them cracked a tooth

Dr. Jerome Corsi interviewed by Mike Adams on the deep state COUP against Trump

The United States & Its Constitution Have Two Months Left

Dems deploying DARPA-funded AI-driven information warfare tool to target pro-Trump accounts

Fake news media now issuing claims of “CONFIRMED” for utterly fabricated, false stories (usually ones designed to hurt Trump)

Let’s Give Trump Some Credit - On Labor Day He Threw Down the Gauntlet to the Corrupt Military Brass

Donald Trump: On QAnon Against Pedophiles & Satanists

Democrats essentially CONCEDE the election: Nancy Pelosi demands “no debates” as Democrats face the truth that Joe Biden is a walking Alzheimer’s patient who belongs in a nursing home

War With The International Banking Cartel?

Young Pharaoh Hip Hop and Martial Arts - Want to Drain Black Swamp, Can Help Drain White Swamp

Q and Trump Team Defeat Deep State from Inside Out 2/3

Subcomandante Bloomberg It Is, "Another 'Obama' Won't Cut It... Folks Ain't Buying That Con Anymore"

"Ilhan Omar Did Marry Her Brother", Explosive New Report Confirms

EO to Order the Selected Reserve and Certain Members of the Individual Ready Reserve of the Armed Forces to Active Duty

Trump Takes a Stand for the Mentally Ill

Reactions to State of the Union Reflect Deepening Partisan Divide

Pelosi Does Her Best to Reelect Trump at State of the Union

More Bricks Appear In Advance Of Monday Demonstrations In Baltimore, Texas

Operation Mind Control: Top Constitutional Attorney Speaks Out Against Lockdowns & Martial Law

George Floyd Riots Infiltrated by Extremist Groups and Agents Provocateurs

This 2017 Video Explains How Black Lives Matter is Being Used by the Elite

House Pulls FISA Bill After Trump Threatens to Veto Legislation

2020: The Year of Activism




Trump: A Threat To The Deep State

“Trump is not one of us,” my MK Ultra handler Alex Houston warned as he dropped me off inside the doors of Atlantic City’s most opulent casino.



It was 1985, and I was under robotic MK Ultra mind control orders to meet Reagan’s attaché Philip Habib as detailed in TRANCE Formation of America.

Related: July 20, 1977: CIA Mind Control Project MKUltra Documents Released For The First Time

Saying someone is ‘not one of us’ was common trigger phraseology that forbid I should have ‘any contact any time anywhere with anyone’ outside the cabal of New World Order Deep State perpeTraitors.


A Threat To The Deep State

Donald Trump was of deep concern to those shadow government criminals in control of my mind, our media, information, education, and justice system.

I had no ability to question or reason under mind control, or I would have wondered what it was about Trump that intimidated them so much that he was ‘forbidden’.

Maybe they feared he had eyes to see, ears to hear, and soul to know that their criminal activity was draining our country and, in turn, was fully capable of draining their Wash DC swamp.

Today, people often ask me what I knew about Trump. Having never met him, perpeTraitors’ deep stated fear that ‘he’s not one of us’ says it all.




Listen to Trump: He Is Telling You the Truth

He is the only person brave enough to call out The Establishment which is every bit as evil and against you as Trump says.  

You can elect Trump or The Establishment. Trump is our last chance. If he goes down, there will never ever again be another challenger to The Establishment.  






Related Articles:


Trump Vs The Military-Industrial-Complex: Coup Concerns Escalate

President Trump promises to put down election day rioting using “insurrection” powers… will he invoke Fourteenth Amendment powers and remove all the TRAITORS, too?

America’s Color Revolution

Democrats Have Planned a Coup If Trump Wins Reelection

“Bipartisan” Washington Insiders Reveal Their Plan for Chaos if Trump Wins the Election

Schiff Is Laying Groundwork for Tying Up Trump’s Second Term in More False Charges

Election War Games: "A New America Waits In The Wings" After Pre-Planned Chaos



Like everyone else, I am experiencing our President and his Administration’s accomplishments as we live through these pivotal times in history.

I never thought I’d live to see the deeply entrenched swamp being drained, exposing the vast array of swamp creatures lurking in the murk.

Mark and I often pondered how dismantling the New World Order could possibly be accomplished and realized it would have to be a concerted effort on local, state, federal, and global levels.

This would require a Great Awakening of biblical proportions since awareness is the first step toward positive necessary change.


Analyze Reality

People also ask if I support Trump. Mark’s retort to such questions was always, “It’s not important who I support, it is who supports me that matters.”

In view of healing from my past, I know who to trust because I know how to trust, which means I scrutinize political actions, integrity of promises kept, and support positive changes on their own merits.

Controlled media, contrived polls, and rigged elections have finally been exposed, which empowers u.s. to vigilantly maintain free thought integrity of elections we reclaimed in 2016.

I’ve blown the whistle on global education for 30 years, and now I’m seeing this Administration address the issue on a federal level while empowering we-the-people to reclaim our local schools.



Related: Trump - Existential Threat To New World Order

Parents weary of seeing their precious children schooled and programmed to embrace socialism and gender confusion are demanding free choice in education, and it, too, has been granted.

Our criminal justice system is being restored to uphold our sacred Constitution through the appointment of Judges, while awareness empowers communities to secure justice on local levels. 

Wisdom out-thinks a criminal mind every time, and we are witnessing and participating in the greatest display of good triumphing over evil in history.


What I Think of Trump

People who still wonder what I think of Trump need only to read my testimony in TRANCE for their own answers and insight into the magnitude of what is being accomplished today.

Human trafficking is now being effectively addressed rather than sanctioned on federal levels, while we-the-people are empowered to take vigilant action in our own communities.



Related: Putin And Trump Versus The New World Order: The Final Battle

What my daughter and I endured under White House/Pentagon level MK Ultra mind control must never be allowed to happen to anyone ever again.

Awareness is key, and positive actions being taken today feel like univerSOUL justice to me.

Indeed, New World Order/Deep State perpeTraitors said it all when they claimed that Trump is not one of them… which, in turn, makes him one of US.


Related Articles:

Monarch Mind Control & The MK-Ultra Program

What The History Channel Left Out About The Declassified CIA Program: “History Of MK-Ultra”

Revenge: MKULTRA Victims Plan Class-Action Suit Against Government

The World Economic Forum Talks About “Mind Control Using Sound Waves” & Total Individual Control Technology – Insider Exposes How You And Your DNA Are Being Targeted

CIA MKULTRA: Drugs To Take Down The Nation

NY Times Reporter Found Murdered After Exposing MKUltra?


George Soros In Davos: 2020 Election Will Determine 'Fate Of The World' + Trump At Davos: “The Great American Comeback”

Trump Announces Declassification Of Russia Collusion, Clinton Email Probe Documents & Betrayal, Infuriating Betrayal

Federal Grand Jury To Hear Evidence That 9/11 Was A Controlled Demolition + President Donald Trump Implies 9/11 Was A Controlled Demolition

Trumpism Is Classical Economics & Justice Department Watchdog Has Evidence Comey Probed Trump, On The Sly

"Obamagate!" Trump Tweets Tucker Carlson's Crushing Breakdown Why The Former President Should Be Panicking

John Podesta Admits In Testimony Both DNC And Hillary Campaign Split The Cost For Bogus Trump-Russia Dossier That Launched The Coup + Attorney Clevenger Alleges Office Of DNI Has Communications Between Seth Rich And WikiLeaks – Russia Collusion A Lie!

Trump Halts WHO Funding, Accuses Health Body Of Conspiring With China To ‘Cover Up’ Covid-19 Outbreak & Covid World Order: Meet The Mob #2. “Doctor” WHO

Former CNN Host Piers Morgan Blasts The Crazy Left: “Liberals Have Become Unbearable” Which Is Why Trump Populism “Is Rising” + Subliminal Messages In Advertising: How They Affect Your Mind

Diamond and Silk: President Trump has done more for African Americans than President Obama

Trump Designates Antifa "A Terrorist Organization"

Trump Says Antifa to Be Designated a Terrorist Organization

They're Angry, Not Stupid! Why Trump Is Likely To Win Again

Man Who Has Been In Government For Nearly 50 Years Promises To Fix Government


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Elections In New Zealand, Australia, Canada, England, Germany, The Netherlands
&
Exposed: Proof NZ Prime Ministers Are Globalists
October 17 2020 | From: JonRappoport / VinnyEastwood / Various

National election campaigns are media events. Media run them. Media pump ratings. They produce the soap opera. They construct the illusion. Many people hate hearing this, because they prefer to believe the few candidates who can actually win are real. No one with that much face time on national television is real. - The Underground, Jon Rappoport  



I’ve just completed a flurry of articles on how elections work as media events in the US (archived here, under “elections”). But why leave out other countries, where the process is essentially the same?

Related: Important Information About Every NZ PM Since Muldoon - Pre-Election Facts Mainstream Media Won’t Be Telling You + Jacinda Arden And Light Rail: A Fabian Slant On The New World Order Plan For New Zealand

You have to look at these major election seasons as television series produced by the major networks.

Then it begins to make sense.

The casting of characters tends to follow the same pattern, over and over. You have two major candidates (for president, premier, prime minister). Writing their parts is a bit of a challenge, because any intelligent person can see there is really not much to choose between them.

That’s a ratings killer. The networks need opposition and sharp differences. So while both of these “leaders,” behind the scenes, are Globalists and favor huge corporations and huge government bureaucracies, “free trade,” sending jobs overseas where workers will toil for virtually no pay in execrable conditions, etc., the networks will find issues on which they disagree.

Then you have a cast of minor characters running for the top office in the land. A couple of them are fiery and feisty, more “radical” or “radically conservative” in their views. They’ll never make it, but hope springs eternal, and a significant proportion of the population is drawn to them - for a while.

The television networks, as usual, adopt the horse race mode of reporting. Because, when all is said and done, that’s the main theme: who is going to win? Who really cares about exploring the issues in depth? There’s no juice or excitement there.



Related: Vinny Eastwood Rips Apart Mike Hosking, National & Labour

But watching two creatures gallop along a track toward the finish line moves the adrenaline.

And the networks, day after day, can point to what the candidates are doing or wearing or saying that is affecting their position in the race.

Did candidate A just utter a possibly politically incorrect phrase? Let’s interview three experts and find out.

Did candidate B once have dinner with a financier who cheated investors out of their life savings? No? It was lunch? A brief breakfast? Hmm. A professor of statistics explains how long a brief breakfast averages out to be.

Why has candidate A shifted from wearing blue to red?

To bolster all this, we have the polls, which seem to be taking place three times a day. Numbers to report. Breakdowns of the numbers in key voter areas of the country.

Meanwhile, the networks keep searching out differences between candidates A and B. A’s wet dream is wholescale bombing missions. B prefers thousands of drone strikes. Of course, this difference isn’t presented that way. B is a “peace candidate.” A is a “hawk.”



Jacinda Ardern Exposed in 7 Minutes - Vinny Eastwood





Related:
Network: Howard Beale, The Last Sane Man In The World: Television As A Form Of Knowledge In The New Age





A wants the “free market.” B wants government to create millions of new jobs. On closer inspection, they’re both pushing the dominance of mega-corporations. But there is no closer inspection in the television series called Election.

At the root of all this insanity is the fact that television networks produce the series. As long as the viewing audience tunes in, as long as the ratings are respectable, the illusion continues.

The viewer, the voter, projects his hopes and dreams on to the television image of a candidate. It never occurs to him that:

a) he is now a fan of a soap opera and

b) his adored candidate is part of an immense political system in which only minor deviations from the norm are permitted.

Entering that system and participating in it is like walking into a tailor’s shop where, by magic, the customer (participant, candidate) automatically shrinks to half his former size in an instant. And from there it only gets worse.

Television is there to obscure the actual size of the political system and its culture. The soap opera highlights the two major characters (candidates), as if they alone can work great changes in the direction the oil tanker called Politics takes.

Television relies on the fact that a majority of the population favors watching competition - rather than learning about the collaboration, behind the scenes, between characters who seem to be on opposing sides.

The election IS television. Why is that not understood?



Related: Fake News A United States [ Western ] Media Speciality

Perhaps for the same reason people can sit in a dark movie theater and look up at a large screen and forget, for a few moments, that they are sitting in a movie theater.

They are captured by the story and the images and the characters. And they want to be captured and taken away.

They want to believe, in the case of elections, that they are participating in something important simply by watching television.

You might say election campaigns are the original reality-shows. They’re soap opera, but the main characters are not actors. (Of course, they are actors.)

Perhaps you remember the 1972 American film, The Candidate, starring Robert Redford. The key moment occurs as Redford, who is running for a seat in the US Senate, watches a commercial he claims to favor, one that expresses his real convictions.

Within moments he realizes it’s a dud. He comes across as a stammering lightweight. No, from now on, he’ll have to accept ads in which he appears authoritative (but vague), on top of his game, and handsome. The die is cast. He is now an artifact of television.

And then there is the best film ever made about television: Network (1976), written by Paddy Chayefsky. The embittered, half-mad, disintegrating news anchor, Howard Beale, assaults his viewing audience:


“We deal in illusions, man… We’re all you know. You’re beginning to believe the illusions we’re spinning here. You’re beginning to think that the tube is reality and that your own lives are unreal. In God’s name, you people are the real thing. We are the illusion.”



Related: Jacinda Ardern’s COVID Treason + Global Uprising Underway

Unfortunately, the television audience is insulted if someone tells them the characters they’re watching are synthetic and artificial.

Something strange is happening here. It’s more than the flicker of the images or the frequency or the brain wave-states television induces. It’s a counterpart to what people dream when they’re asleep.

The story lines of dreams, the vividness, the intimate proximity to characters.

At the extreme edge, it’s what makes people who watch candidates on television write them adoring fan letters (just as they write letters to convicted killers in prison). It’s what makes people dress up at night to sit in front of their sets and watch late-night talk-show hosts - as if the hosts could see them in their living rooms.

Truth may be stranger than fiction, but fiction is more compelling.

The whole television exhibition called Election is, in every moment, a living rolling artifice of melodrama. Staged from end to end.

Consider this exchange, in the 1997 film, Wag the Dog, between movie producer, Stanley Motss, and the shadowy White House agent, Conrad Brean:


Motss: What do you think about lining the President up for the Peace Prize?

Brean: Our job’s over come election day.

Motss: Yeah, but c’mon…

Brean: What, just for the symmetry of the thing? [Motss nods] Well, if Kissinger can win the Peace Prize, I wouldn’t be surprised if I woke up and found I’d won the Preakness.

Motss: Yeah, but our guy did bring peace.

Brean: There was never a war.

Motss: All the greater accomplishment.





The believable political face of the candidate is turned toward the camera, and television records it and sends it out to the millions.

The other face, the secret face, is never shown on television; or if it is, the audience misses it, because they are trained to think only good political intentions are displayed on the screen.


And they believe these intentions are the substance of election campaigns; the things worth voting for; the things the winners will try to bring into being in the world.

The audience believes television is democratic. Therefore, how could it deceive? Democracy is the only fair system ever devised.

Such illusions pile up and up. When one fades, another takes its place.


Exposed: Proof NZ Prime Ministers Are Globalists

New Zealand Elections: Does Your Vote Really Count?






Related Articles:

State Control: The Government Of Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern Is Shaping Up To Be One Of The Most Controlling In New Zealand’sHistory

The Ardern Effect: A Disturbance In The Force & Jacinda Ardern And Labour: The Truth Exposed

Mainstream Media Manipulation / Controlling The Narrative + Mosaic Of Facts: Inside The Information War


Blue Vs. Red: NZ Opposition Accused Of Trying To “Bring Down” Australian Government!

Judith Collins Resigns As New Serious Fraud Office Allegations Emerge

Brighter Future? A Critique Of National’s Nine Years In Power

Let’s Be Honest About What Key & Obama Discussed While Golfing: [NWO Agendas +] TPPA & Kim Dotcom

Key’s True Legacy & The Farce Of His Knighthood

John Key: Life As A Lowly Backbencher + John Key's Complete Criminal History Exposed

Key’s ‘Great’ Legacy - UNICEF Ranks NZ Third Highest In The Developed World For Child Poverty

The Sovereignty Of Sidekicks & John Key Era One Giant Facepalm


Newsroom Investigation: National MP trained by Chinese spies

NZ Government Seabed Mining Agenda Exposed


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
FBI Allegedly Obtained Hunter Biden Computer, Data On Ukraine Dealings, Report Claims & Obama, Clinton, Biden And Brennan Will “Hang For Treason” When This Evidence Comes Out
October 16 2020 | From: TheEpochTimes / NaturalNews / NextNewsNetwork / Various

The FBI allegedly obtained a laptop computer and a hard drive that had emails addressed to and photographs of Hunter Biden, Democratic presidential nominee Joe Biden’s son, according to an alleged subpoena and other documents published on Oct. 14 by the New York Post.



Biden’s campaign challenged aspects of the reporting, including the alleged existence of a meeting with a top official at Burisma Holdings.

Related: Facebook, Twitter Take Action on Explosive Story About Hunter Biden

The alleged subpoena from the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware, dated Dec. 9, 2019, is for an Apple MacBook Pro and an external hard drive.

The subpoena was issued to the owner of an electronics store in Delaware, where the computer was dropped off in April 2019, the store’s owner, who wasn’t named, allegedly told the Post.

The billing information allegedly given for the computer was Hunter Biden’s name and the computer allegedly bore a sticker from the Beau Biden Foundation, which was named after Hunter Biden’s late brother.

The store’s owner allegedly said the computer and hard drive were seized by the FBI after he alerted authorities to them.

The Post said it obtained a copy of the hard drive from Rudy Giuliani, President Donald Trump’s personal lawyer.

Giuliani shared the story on Twitter on Oct. 14, promising “much more to come.”



Related: Explained: The 'Incriminating' Call Between Trump And Zelensky + Once-Secret Memos Cast Doubt On Joe Biden's Ukraine Story

During an Oct. 14 appearance on “War Room: Pandemic,” Giuliani said the document release “shows the motive” for Biden’s admission in 2018 regarding Ukraine.

Biden was the Obama administration’s point man on Ukraine, which he confirmed in detail during a talk in 2018.

Biden recounted how in 2015, during a trip to the country, he pressured Ukrainian President Petro Poroshenko and Prime Minister Arseniy Yatsenyuk into removing Prosecutor General Viktor Shokin by threatening not to give a $1 billion loan guarantee.


“I looked at them and said: I’m leaving in six hours. If the prosecutor is not fired, you’re not getting the money,” Biden said during a Council on Foreign Relations event. “Well, son of a [expletive]. He got fired.”


“There’s so much evidence against Joe Biden that it is a national scandal that this wasn’t covered years ago,” Giuliani said on Oct. 14.

A spokeswoman for Giuliani declined to give a hard drive copy to The Epoch Times for independent verification.

Trump cited Biden’s comments when defending his 2019 request to Ukraine’s president to have what happened with the Bidens probed, a request that led to the House of Representatives impeaching him in late 2019 because lawmakers argued it was improper.

Trump campaign communications director Tim Murtaugh said the documents show Biden lied when saying he never discussed Hunter Biden’s business deals.

An FBI spokesperson told The Epoch Times in an emailed statement, “We have no comment, in keeping with our standard practice of neither confirming nor denying the existence of our investigations.”



Related: Biden Campaign Denies Reported Burisma Executive Meeting

A spokeswoman for the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the District of Delaware told The Epoch Times via email, “Pursuant to DOJ policy, my office can neither confirm nor deny the existence of an investigation.”

An inquiry sent to Hunter Biden’s lawyer wasn’t returned.

Biden’s campaign called a lid, or said the nominee wasn’t appearing in public for the day, a few hours after the story was published.

A spokesperson for the Senate Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs Committee, which has been probing Hunter and Joe Biden’s past actions, confirmed to The Epoch Times that the committee received an email complaint to its whistleblower account and is working to validate the information.


“There are so many red flags about the Biden family trying to cash in on the Vice President’s position that it can be hard to keep them straight,” committee Chairman Ron Johnson (R-Wis.) said in a statement.

“Today’s report raises more questions that must be resolved.

What we know for a fact is that Hunter Biden took millions of dollars from foreign nationals including, the wife of the former Mayor of Moscow, people tied to the Chinese Communist Party, and other unsavory characters.

Joe Biden needs to finally come clean and tell the truth to the American people about all of these issues, and he needs to do it now.”




Benghazi Whistleblower Explains What is Coming


Here’s his jaw-dropping story of what’s about to come out and why Clinton, Obama, Biden and Brennan will “hang for treason” once the full facts are known.






Documents published by the Post included alleged emails from Vadym Pozharskyi, at the time an adviser to the board of Burisma Holdings, the Ukranian-based energy company that paid Hunter Biden to sit on its board while his father was vice president of the United States.


“Dear Hunter, thank you for inviting me to DC and giving an opportunity to meet your father and spent some together [sic],” the message allegedly sent by Pozharskyi read.

Pozharskyi didn’t respond to a request for comment.

Joe Biden has said he has never spoken to his son about his business dealings, though Hunter Biden has said he did speak to his father about Burisma.


Related Articles:

Burisma official reportedly linked to Joe Biden met with State officials in 2016, memos show

Facebook Restricts Bombshell NY Post Report Alleging Hunter Biden Brokered Meeting Between Burisma Exec And Joe Biden

Ted Cruz Accuses Twitter Of Meddling In 2020 Election By Censoring Hunter Biden Exposé

Twitter CEO Dorsey Responds To Biden Block-Gate: Unacceptable

Trump Carries Out Sting Operation Against Coup Plotters Via UkraineGate & Justice Department To Question Brennan In ‘Spygate’ Inquiry

Soros Insider: Banks Ending Cash To Establish World Government & The Real John McCain: “33 POWs Faced Execution For Treason After Vietnam Until Nixon Pardoned All POWs.” McCain Was #1 On The List + Biden Family Drama Has Everything: Sex, Hookers, Debt, Cocaine And A Son Sleeping With His Dead Brothers Wife

Oliver Stone Exposes US Coup d’etat In Ukraine





Obama, Clinton, Biden And Brennan Will “Hang For Treason” When This Evidence Comes Out

Bombshell recordings prove they had Seal Team Six executed to cover up deep state crimes.



This story is rapidly unfolding and looks to be one of the most damning indictments of the deep state in modern U.S. history.


Related: Biden, Obama Reportedly ‘Didn’t Really Want To Get’ Osama Bin Laden, ‘He [Was] Being Protected’

According to numerous firsthand sources and witnesses, a treasure trove of audio, video and photographic evidence exists that reveals Obama, Clinton, Brennan and Biden to be complicit in outright treason against America.

According to multiple reports, these traitors ran a multi-billion dollar payoff and bribery operation with Iran, staged the fake killing of Osama Bin Laden, then had the entire Seal Team Six that carried out the Bin Laden raid executed in a staged accident to cover up their own crimes.

The evidence exposing all this has already been forwarded to multiple independent news organizations as well as a sitting U.S. Congressman, say firsthand sources.



Related: Former Law Enforcement Official: Benghazi Coverup Was To Protect Clinton Foundation – General Flynn Attacked Because He Knew Too Much

This story exploded onto the scene following a bombshell presentation by Charles Woods and Nick Noe at AMPfest. User “harrier808” has been posting the relevant videos to Brighteon.com, the independent, uncensored free speech video platform, so you can watch the full presentation here.

One of the firsthand sources who was part of the US military command and control infrastructure and witnessed these events going down in real time, has also been interviewed by Anna Kait, at AMPfest.

In addition, Gary Franchi from Next News Network has covered some of the developing story in this eye-opening video news report:



Watch the harrier808 channel at this link to see if more videos emerge.

A Twitter thread that claims to link to two audio recordings that are part of this emerging evidence is found at this link.

Note to the deep state: We are not in possession of any of the evidence mentioned in these videos.

And from what we’ve heard, it’s already too late to stop this evidence from going viral across the ‘net anyway.

Once other sources release this evidence, we will cover the breaking news and link to the audio, video and photos as they go public.

It’s time to put these criminals behind bars!


Related Articles:

Trump Announces Declassification Of Russia Collusion, Clinton Email Probe Documents & Betrayal, Infuriating Betrayal

Subpoenas Authorized For Comey, Brennan, Clapper, Halper And Other 'Spygate' Figures & Phones Wiped Clean: What's Behind Robert Mueller's Russia Probe Team's 'Mass Password Amnesia'?

First Criminal Charge By Durham Casts Shadow Over Mueller Probe & ‘Russiagate’ Hoax Unravels, But Their Anti-Russia Sanctions Don’t

CIA Fabricated Russiagate ‘Evidence’, Says Former NSA Tech Chief

Judiciary Committee Releases Declassified Documents That Substantially Undercut Steele Dossier, Page FISA Warrants & Attorney General Says New Strzok Notes Described Obama White House Meeting

Spygate Could Make Watergate Look Like A Third-Rate Burglary & Horowitz Found ‘Apparent Errors Or Inadequately Supported Facts’ In Every Single FBI FISA Application He Reviewed



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
How ‘Science’ Is Used To Deceive The Public
October 15 2020 | From: NexusNewsFeed

Did you know that there was a shocking study published in the Public Library of Science Journal, that found“up to 72%” of scientists admitted their colleagues were engaged in “questionable research practices,” and that just over 14% of them were engaged in outright “falsification”?



If that’s not bad enough, between 1977 and 1990 the FDA found scientific flaws in 10–20% of all the studies they audited.

Related: Scientific American Writer Exposes The Tribal Cultist Arrogance And Dogmatic Lunacy Of Science 'Skeptics'

But it gets even worse; scientists at the Thousand Oaks biotech firm Amgen, set out to double-check the results of 53 peer reviewed landmark published studies in their fields of cancer research and blood biology.

What they found was shocking; only 6 of the 53 studies could be proven valid. That means almost 90% were flawed, yet passed off to the public as fact. [3]

In other words, there’s a lot of scientific bullshit floating around my friends.

This becomes especially concerning when we consider how “science” seems to have replaced organized religion as the new authority that should blindly be obeyed in many ways.



Related: The Cult Of 'Scientism' Explained: How Scientific Claims Behind Cancer, Vaccines, Psychiatric Drugs And GMOs Are Nothing More Than Corporate-Funded Science Fraud

People speak of it as if it is infallible, and anyone who questions the high priests of science are generally attacked, degraded, and dismissed as modern day heretics.

But science, just like any religion, is not a god that only speaks unadulterated Truth.

It is far from being infallible and is constantly in need of being updated, upgraded, challenged, revised, and changed, for the simple fact that science is subject to the narrow confines of mankind’s tiny flawed human perception; which is forever growing and expanding - and easily skewed by things like prejudice, pride, and corruption.

In and of itself, science is obviously inanimate and can do neither good nor bad because it has no mind of its own.

It is not a person, so we need to stop talking about science like it is a super hero. It is simply a vehicle that requires a driver, and the destination obviously differs from one driver to the next.



Related: The Criminalization Of Science Whistleblowers + The Connection Between Sudden Infant Death, Vaccines And Vitamin C

While some may have the earnest pursuit of objective Truth in mind, most can be corrupted by the pursuit of money (such as Iowa State University professor Dong-Pyou Han who is now sitting in jail for his AIDS vaccine fraud), the want of fame, or simply personal prejudice and egotistical pride.

Pioneering anesthesiologist Scott Reuben, who helped revolutionize orthopedic surgery, faked data in more than 20 studies, and German physicist Jan Hendrik Schön, who won multiple awards for his work, falsified his research as well.

These individuals were able to pass what common folks often consider to be the “foolproof” test of peer review, and that’s because it is not actually foolproof.



Related: Science Is Broken, And The Peer-Review Process Produces “Utter Bulls##t” Parading Around As Real Science

In fact, a blogger submitted a satirical paper about “Midi Chlorians” from the science fiction story Star Wars and 4 scientific journals published it!

In an effort to help remind people why they should not blindly trust “science” - or any other body of purported knowledge for that matter - I decided to write this short article on how scientific bullshit has been used throughout history to manipulate our perceptions and beliefs.


Big Tobacco & The Sugar Industry

More than half a century ago, big tobacco used science as a weapon to convince the naive and gullible about the safety of their cigarettes.

Notice the key phrase, “Scientific Evidence”

Related: There Is Deadly Formaldehyde In Clothing, Food, Cigarettes And Vaccines - What Will You Be Wearing, Eating, Smoking And Injecting Today?

A number of different medical organizations and journals, including the New England Journal of Medicine and the Journal of the American Medical Association (JAMA)were indeed on the payroll of Big Tobacco and helped to promote their agenda through the promotion of flawed “science”.


Related: Green Gestapo Says You're Mentally Ill If You Challenge Climate Change + Over 30,000 Scientists Say 'Catastrophic Man-Made Global Warming' Is A Complete Hoax And Science Lie

Notice the key persuading phrase in the above advertisement;


…the final results, published in authoritative medical journals, proved conclusively that when smokers changed to Philip Morris, every case of irritation cleared completely or definitely improved.”

Similarly, the sugar industry hired a group of Harvard scientists to hide the link between sugar and heart disease in the 1960s, and the International Sugar Research Foundation (ISRF) suppressed a study that showed sugar could potentially increase the risk of bladder cancer.



Related: Here’s How Industry-Funded “Research” Is Making Us Sick And Fat + Like Tobacco And Big Pharma, The Sugar Industry Has Manipulated Research For 50 Years

This is something we all need to understand my friends; our global society is run as a business, not as a non profit organization that values human life.

And this means that any line of profession can easily be corrupted by money. Unfortunately our problems are systemic and have their roots in this painfully flawed paradigm.


The Manipulation of Science Still Continues Today

In more recent history, the Bush Administration got caught manipulating science to conform to their agenda. Big oil has likewise bribed scientists to parrot their narrative.

Similarly, biotech giant Monsanto and the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) have also been caught engaging in this unethical practice together.

This is not the first time Monsanto has been caught acting in this manner either. In Canada, a group of scientists testified that the GMO giant offered them a bribe of $1-2 million, and in Indonesia they were fined for engaging in bribery of a government official as well.



Related: Monsanto May Soon Face A Flood Of Lawsuits From Cancer Victims Of Roundup Herbicide

Another biotech giant, Syngenta, hired scientists to discredit professor Tyrone Hayes, who conducted research that found out their herbicide Atrazine posed health risks to the population.

Merck was taken to court by two scientists that claimed the Big Pharma giant manipulated tests concerning their mumps vaccine’s efficacy.

Coca Cola was also caught paying scientists (to the tune of $132.8 million) to downplay the severity of consuming their sugary drinks, and other unhealthy products. In fact, corporations do this all the time.

A perfect example, is a study conducted by the University of Colorado that claimed that diet soda was better at promoting healthy weight loss than water.

Unsurprisingly, this study was funded by the soda industry.



Related: Western Food Science Is Broken + We’re All Guinea Pigs In A Failed Decades-Long Diet Experiment

Another study claimed that children who ate candy weigh less than children who don’t, and are less likely to be obese.

This, unsurprisingly again, was funded by a trade association representing candy giants Butterfingers, Hershey and Skittles.



Related: The Ten Most Evil People In The World Today Who Lie About Science, Pharmaceuticals And GMOs


Conclusion

Today, a number of questionable practices in the name of science continue. Sadly, the manipulation (or incompetence) of science is something that most likely will never be truly eliminated from society because it is rooted in human fallibility and corruption.

In fact, Richard Hortin, the editor in chief of the medical journal The Lancet, has gone on record as stating that, “much of the scientific literature, perhaps half, may simply be untrue.”

This is not to say that the concept of science does not serve an important purpose, because it certainly does; I personally use scientific methods and principles daily in my life, and even relied on scientific research to highlight corruption within the scientific community in this blog.



Related: Many Scientific “Truths” Are, In Fact, False + A Scientist Explains Why "Everything Is Fucked"

But this was written specifically to remind us all that “science” can be used to deceive us - has been used to deceive us - and should always be questioned as a result.

Scientists obviously need money to conduct their research, and corporations who place material profit above human life have plenty of it. The hand that gives usually controls the hand that takes.

Until we design a system that promotes unadulterated education, more than it does propaganda and ignorance; and rewards integrity more than the willingness to do anything for “money,” this type of pathetic human behavior will persist for obvious reasons.

ALWAYS QUESTION EVERYTHING.


Related Articles:

“A Blatant Display Of Unscientific Propaganda:” Cornell Student Exposes GMO Propaganda In Scathing New Letter

Chemotherapy May Spread Cancer And Trigger More Aggressive Tumors, Says New Research / Chemotherapy Found To Spread Cancer Throughout The Body, Warn Scientists

Seven Reasons Why The Internet Of Things Should Scare You & The Internet Of Things Poses Human Health Risks: Scientists Question The Safety Of Untested 5G Technology At International Conference


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
They Live, We Sleep: Beware The Growing Evil In Our Midst
October 14 2020 | From: TheRutherfordInstitute / Various

“You see them on the street. You watch them on TV. You might even vote for one this fall. You think they’re people just like you. You’re wrong. Dead wrong.” - They Live



We’re living in two worlds, you and I.

Related: It's Official: This Is Straight Out Of Orwell's 1984...

There’s the world we see (or are made to see) and then there’s the one we sense (and occasionally catch a glimpse of), the latter of which is a far cry from the propaganda-driven reality manufactured by the government and its corporate sponsors, including the media.

Indeed, what most Westerners perceive as life in America - privileged, progressive and free - is a far cry from reality, where economic inequality is growing, real agendas and real power are buried beneath layers of Orwellian doublespeak and corporate obfuscation, and “freedom,” such that it is, is meted out in small, legalistic doses by militarized police armed to the teeth.

All is not as it seems.

This is the premise of John Carpenter’s film They Live, which was released more than 30 years ago, and remains unnervingly, chillingly appropriate for our modern age.

Best known for his horror film Halloween, which assumes that there is a form of evil so dark that it can’t be killed, Carpenter’s larger body of work is infused with a strong anti-authoritarian, anti-establishment, laconic bent that speaks to the filmmaker’s concerns about the unraveling of our society, particularly our government.



Related: Orwell’s 1984 No Longer Reads Like Fiction - It’s The Reality Of Our Times & The Propaganda Ministry Known As “The Free Press”

Time and again, Carpenter portrays the government working against its own citizens, a populace out of touch with reality, technology run amok, and a future more horrific than any horror film.

In Escape from New York, Carpenter presents fascism as the future of America. In The Thing, a remake of the 1951 sci-fi classic of the same name, Carpenter presupposes that increasingly we are all becoming dehumanized.

In Christine, the film adaptation of Stephen King’s novel about a demon-possessed car, technology exhibits a will and consciousness of its own and goes on a murderous rampage.

In In the Mouth of Madness, Carpenter notes that evil grows when people lose “the ability to know the difference between reality and fantasy.”

And then there is Carpenter’s They Live, in which two migrant workers discover that the world is not as it seems.

In fact, the population is actually being controlled and exploited by aliens working in partnership with an oligarchic elite.

All the while, the populace - blissfully unaware of the real agenda at work in their lives - has been lulled into complacency, indoctrinated into compliance, bombarded with media distractions, and hypnotized by subliminal messages beamed out of television and various electronic devices, billboards and the like.



Related: Network: Howard Beale, The Last Sane Man In The World: Television As A Form Of Knowledge In The New Age

It is only when homeless drifter John Nada (played to the hilt by the late Roddy Piper) discovers a pair of doctored sunglasses - Hoffman lenses - that Nada sees what lies beneath the elite’s fabricated reality: control and bondage.

When viewed through the lens of truth, the elite, who appear human until stripped of their disguises, are shown to be monsters who have enslaved the citizenry in order to prey on them.

Likewise, billboards blare out hidden, authoritative messages: a bikini-clad woman in one ad is actually ordering viewers to “MARRY AND REPRODUCE.” Magazine racks scream “CONSUME” and “OBEY.” A wad of dollar bills in a vendor’s hand proclaims, “THIS IS YOUR GOD.”

When viewed through Nada’s Hoffman lenses, some of the other hidden messages being drummed into the people’s subconscious include: NO INDEPENDENT THOUGHT, CONFORM, SUBMIT, STAY ASLEEP, BUY, WATCH TV, NO IMAGINATION, and DO NOT QUESTION AUTHORITY.

This indoctrination campaign engineered by the elite in They Live is painfully familiar to anyone who has studied the decline of American [ Western ] culture.

A citizenry that does not think for themselves, obeys without question, is submissive, does not challenge authority, does not think outside the box, and is content to sit back and be entertained is a citizenry that can be easily controlled.



Related: How Consumerism Is Ruining Our Lives And The World

In this way, the subtle message of They Live provides an apt analogy of our own distorted vision of life in the American police state, what philosopher Slavoj Žižek refers to as dictatorship in democracy, “the invisible order which sustains your apparent freedom.”

We’re being fed a series of carefully contrived fictions that bear no resemblance to reality.

The powers-that-be want us to feel threatened by forces beyond our control (terrorists, shooters, bombers).

They want us afraid and dependent on the government and its militarized armies for our safety and well-being.

They want us distrustful of each other, divided by our prejudices, and at each other’s throats.

Most of all, they want us to continue to march in lockstep with their dictates.

Tune out the government’s attempts to distract, divert and befuddle us and tune into what’s really going on in this country, and you’ll run headlong into an unmistakable, unpalatable truth: the moneyed elite who rule us view us as expendable resources to be used, abused and discarded.



Related: Combating The Elite Rulers Divide And Conquer Tactics

In fact, a study conducted by Princeton and Northwestern University concluded that the U.S. government does not represent the majority of American citizens.

Instead, the study found that the government is ruled by the rich and powerful, or the so-called “economic elite.” Moreover, the researchers concluded that policies enacted by this governmental elite nearly always favor special interests and lobbying groups.

In other words, we are being ruled by an oligarchy disguised as a democracy, and arguably on our way towards fascism - a form of government where private corporate interests rule, money calls the shots, and the people are seen as mere subjects to be controlled.

Not only do you have to be rich - or beholden to the rich - to get elected these days, but getting elected is also a surefire way to get rich.

As CBS News reports, “Once in office, members of Congress enjoy access to connections and information they can use to increase their wealth, in ways that are unparalleled in the private sector. And once politicians leave office, their connections allow them to profit even further.”



Related: Brave New World And Individual Power & How The Elite Dominate The World: They Buy Politicians, And
Incumbents Almost Always Win

In denouncing this blatant corruption of America’s political system, former president Jimmy Carter blasted the process of getting elected - to the White House, governor’s mansion, Congress or state legislatures - as;


Unlimited political bribery… a subversion of our political system as a payoff to major contributors, who want and expect, and sometimes get, favors for themselves after the election is over.”

Rest assured that when and if fascism finally takes hold in America, the basic forms of government will remain: Fascism will appear to be friendly. The legislators will be in session.

There will be elections, and the news media will continue to cover the entertainment and political trivia. Consent of the governed, however, will no longer apply. Actual control will have finally passed to the oligarchic elite controlling the government behind the scenes.

Sound familiar?

Clearly, we are now ruled by an oligarchic elite of governmental and corporate interests.

We have moved into “corporatism” (favored by Benito Mussolini), which is a halfway point on the road to full-blown fascism.



Related: The Global Fascist State: Physical Control Of The Global Population Is Impossible

Corporatism is where the few moneyed interests - not elected by the citizenry - rule over the many. In this way, it is not a democracy or a republican form of government, which is what the American government was established to be.

It is a top-down form of government and one which has a terrifying history typified by the developments that occurred in totalitarian regimes of the past: police states where everyone is watched and spied on, rounded up for minor infractions by government agents, placed under police control, and placed in detention (a.k.a. concentration) camps.


Additional: Read about the Alliance that has been working behind the scenes for decades to take down the 'Cabal' within the work of David Wilcock.

Some of those reading this may be confused because the cabal-controlled mainstream media is doing everything within it's power to denigrate
Trump - as he is part of the effort to take the Illuminati down once and for all.

And the Alliance effort operates beyond the bounds of countries - out of neccessity; as that is how the Luciferian Cabal does.

Do you think you can trust the mainstream media? Look at whom they target. One must wonder why 'they' also do not like
Putin?

Related Articles:

An Introduction To 'Q'

Who Is QAnon? An Introduction To The QAnon Phenomenon #QAnon #GreatAwakening

Trump - Existential Threat To New World Order

Global Alliance Moving For A Checkmate Versus The Deep State

Battle for Disclosure: The Ultimate QAnon Brief

DECLAS: Section Five: The Forbidden Story

For the final hammer of fascism to fall, it will require the most crucial ingredient: the majority of the people will have to agree that it’s not only expedient but necessary.

But why would a people agree to such an oppressive regime?

The answer is the same in every age: Fear.

Fear makes people stupid.

Fear is the method most often used by politicians to increase the power of government. And, as most social commentators recognize, an atmosphere of fear permeates modern America: fear of terrorism, fear of the police, fear of our neighbors and so on.



Related: Startling Evidence Indicates Funded Propaganda Campaign Responsible For War On Fake News

The propaganda of fear has been used quite effectively by those who want to gain control, and it is working on the American populace.

Despite the fact that we are 17,600 times more likely to die from heart disease than from a terrorist attack; 11,000 times more likely to die from an airplane accident than from a terrorist plot involving an airplane; 1,048 times more likely to die from a car accident than a terrorist attack, and 8 times more likely to be killed by a police officer than by a terrorist , we have handed over control of our lives to government officials who treat us as a means to an end—the source of money and power.

As the Bearded Man in They Live warns, “They are dismantling the sleeping middle class. More and more people are becoming poor. We are their cattle. We are being bred for slavery.”

In this regard, we’re not so different from the oppressed citizens in They Live.

From the moment we are born until we die, we are indoctrinated into believing that those who rule us do it for our own good. The truth is far different.

Despite the truth staring us in the face, we have allowed ourselves to become fearful, controlled, pacified zombies.



Related: Agenda 21: Awareness And Activism + UN 2030 Agenda Decoded: Blueprint For The Global Enslavement Of
Humanity Under Corporate Masters

We live in a perpetual state of denial, insulated from the painful reality of the American police state by wall-to-wall entertainment news and screen devices.

Most everyone keeps their heads down these days while staring zombie-like into an electronic screen, even when they’re crossing the street. Families sit in restaurants with their heads down, separated by their screen devices and unaware of what’s going on around them.

Young people especially seem dominated by the devices they hold in their hands, oblivious to the fact that they can simply push a button, turn the thing off and walk away.

Indeed, there is no larger group activity than that connected with those who watch screens—that is, television, lap tops, personal computers, cell phones and so on. In fact, a Nielsen study reports that American screen viewing is at an all-time high. For example, the average American watches approximately 151 hours of television per month.

The question, of course, is what effect does such screen consumption have on one’s mind?

Psychologically it is similar to drug addiction. Researchers found that “almost immediately after turning on the TV, subjects reported feeling more relaxed, and because this occurs so quickly and the tension returns so rapidly after the TV is turned off, people are conditioned to associate TV viewing with a lack of tension.”



Related: Television Mind Control Exposed

Research also shows that regardless of the programming, viewers’ brain waves slow down, thus transforming them into a more passive, nonresistant state.

Historically, television has been used by those in authority to quiet discontent and pacify disruptive people. “Faced with severe overcrowding and limited budgets for rehabilitation and counseling, more and more prison officials are using TV to keep inmates quiet,” according to Newsweek.

Given that the majority of what Westerners watch on television is provided through channels controlled by six mega corporations, what we watch is now controlled by a corporate elite and, if that elite needs to foster a particular viewpoint or pacify its viewers, it can do so on a large scale.

If we’re watching, we’re not doing.

The powers-that-be understand this. As television journalist Edward R. Murrow warned in a 1958 speech:


We are currently wealthy, fat, comfortable and complacent. We have currently a built-in allergy to unpleasant or disturbing information. Our mass media reflect this.

But unless we get up off our fat surpluses and recognize that television in the main is being used to distract, delude, amuse, and insulate us, then television and those who finance it, those who look at it, and those who work at it, may see a totally different picture too late.”

This brings me back to They Live, in which the real zombies are not the aliens calling the shots but the populace who are content to remain controlled.



Related: The Zombie-Like Lives Of Sheeple From Birth To Death

When all is said and done, the world of They Live is not so different from our own. As one of the characters points out:


“The poor and the underclass are growing.

Racial justice and human rights are nonexistent. They have created a repressive society and we are their unwitting accomplices. Their intention to rule rests with the annihilation of consciousness. We have been lulled into a trance.

They have made us indifferent to ourselves, to others. We are focused only on our own gain.”

We, too, are focused only on our own pleasures, prejudices and gains. Our poor and underclasses are also growing. Racial injustice is growing. Human rights is nearly nonexistent. We too have been lulled into a trance, indifferent to others.

Oblivious to what lies ahead, we’ve been manipulated into believing that if we continue to consume, obey, and have faith, things will work out. But that’s never been true of emerging regimes. And by the time we feel the hammer coming down upon us, it will be too late.

So where does that leave us?

The characters who populate Carpenter’s films provide some insight.

Underneath their machismo, they still believe in the ideals of liberty and equal opportunity. Their beliefs place them in constant opposition with the law and the establishment, but they are nonetheless freedom fighters.

When, for example, John Nada destroys the alien hyno-transmitter in They Live, he restores hope by delivering America a wake-up call for freedom.

That’s the key right there: We need to wake up.



Related: Network News Monkeys

Stop allowing yourselves to be easily distracted by pointless political spectacles and pay attention to what’s really going on in the West.

The real battle for control of this nation is not being waged between Republicans and Democrats in the ballot box.

As I make clear in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People, the real battle for control of this nation is taking place on roadsides, in police cars, on witness stands, over phone lines, in government offices, in corporate offices, in public school hallways and classrooms, in parks and city council meetings, and in towns and cities across this country.

The real battle between freedom and tyranny is taking place right in front of our eyes, if we would only open them.

All the trappings of the American [Western] police state are now in plain sight.

Wake up, Western World.

If they live (the tyrants, the oppressors, the invaders, the overlords), it is only because “we the people” sleep.


Related Articles:

Left-Wing Media Run By Actual Demon-Possessed Anti-Human Evil Entities

How You Can Undermine The ‘Evil Cabal’

The Chimera Group – The Root Of All Evil

The Ten Most Evil People In The World Today Who Lie About Science, Pharmaceuticals And GMOs

Obama State At Center Of Anti-Trump Coup Cabal


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
I Am A Trans Woman – But I Think This Woke World Has Gone Too Far
October 13 2020 | From: RT / Various

Trans people have lost the plot. Every day, an increasing amount of absurdity floods in as they do more harm than good.



They scream for acceptance without realizing that the ones damaging their image aren't bigots, but themselves.  

Related: Transgender Bullshit Terminated

From anger directed at celebrities for the rational belief that parents shouldn't decide whether their three-year-old is trans, to a culture of outrage that freaks out at the most minor of offenses, transgender activists have become detrimental to my, and others', very existence.

Not helping matters is the fact that these people are laying bombs within our language in the hope they trigger, so they themselves can become triggered. Saying 'transgendered' instead of 'transgender' can see you labeled as transphobic, as can saying 'transwomen' instead of 'trans (notice the space) women.'




Important Note: Historically there are people who have truly felt that they were born into a body of the wrong gender.

The problem we are faced with today is that, in line with stated objectives of the 'New World Order' doctrines - they have clearly stated that they want to destroy the family unit, encourage sexual promiscuity and basically confuse and debase society as a whole:


"In order to achieve their aims [the Cabal] they are corrupting societies across the globe: Breakdown the family unit, breakdown national pride, destroy the educational system with common core, promote sexual promiscuity, deviance, pedophilia, abortion, a drug culture.

Co-opt and corrupt political leaders with bribes. Set hybrid wars and color revolutions in place in all countries that are not towing the line. Undermine and discredit the values, morals and teachings of all religions and where possible turn believers into murderous intolerant fanatics who go on genocide missions.”

- VeteransToday


"The hidden goal of feminism is to destroy the family, which interferes with state brainwashing of the young. Side benefits include depopulation and widening the tax base. Displacing men in the role of  providers also destabilizes the family."

- As stated by Nicholas Rockefeller to Aaron Russo

The merging of sexes and sexuality also plays into the transhumanist agenda of the cabal. It has been discovered that specific toxins and chemical agents have been introduced into the environment and everyday products that contribute specifically towards the rise in sexual confusion and 'transgenderism' that we see happening all around is every day.




This is a linguistic minefield with the sole intent of catching people off guard. And those who are caught in its blast are branded as bigots. 

This concept is nonsensical, as it's one thing to correct someone who made a grammatical mistake, but another thing altogether to get outright offended when someone makes a simple error, and that's what is occurring.

A turn of events which only pushes people away as no one wants to associate with a group of people who become so easily upset.

Hampering things even further is the fact that the once-radical portion of the left has seemingly taken control, and now no one can speak up lest they become a target for the vitriol and abuse of which this conglomerate is composed.



Related: America’s First Non-Binary Person Renounces Transgenderism, Says, “I Have Always Been Male” & Who Are The Rich, White Men Institutionalizing Transgender Ideology?

How do I know this? Because I'm a trans person myself, and my reward for speaking with rationality is to be labeled a 'self-loathing, bootlicking, trans-misogynistic terf.'

And if I can be called a transphobe, then your normal human being doesn't stand a chance – especially in an era when people are pushing an agenda that suggests you better suck d**k or you're a bigot.

I desperately wish I was making that last bit up.

In late August, journalist – or, let's be real – outrage merchant, Ana Valens, went on a tirade over at the Daily Dot about how it was transphobic to decline sex with a trans person on the basis that they are trans.

Likewise, just last week, women's competitive cyclist Rachel McKinnon made multiple claims that are outright audacious. In one instance, she said"genital preferences are transphobic," and in another she boldly expressed that any sexual orientation other than pansexuality is immoral.

The media warned us that the recent release of 'Joker' was going to lead to an incel uprising, but I don't think they meant it quite like this.



Related: Finally Parents Begin Removing Their Children From Public Indoctrination Center Over Teaching
Transgenderism

Trans people want all the compassion and acceptance in the world, yet in many cases they're not willing to be equally as understanding. Last year, the flames of fury flared up when a woman named Kristi Hanna filed a human rights complaint against a women's shelter after she was forced to share a room with a transgender woman in Toronto.

Many people took it at face value and levied all sorts of hate at her, but the actual situation is more complex. Hanna is a rape victim, and her roommate was a pre-op trans woman who wasn't yet far enough into their transition to be passable, or even fully presentable. As was described by Ms Hanna, her roommate was male-bodied with facial and chest hair.

Now maybe it's because I'm a rape victim who battles my own forms of PTSD, but I too would be triggered by sharing a room with a complete stranger who looks like a man. I don't care what they identify as. In regards to Kristi Hanna, that's exactly what happened.

As was reported by the National Post, the sharing of a room with someone who looked like a man caused her "stress, anxiety, rape flashbacks, symptoms of post-traumatic stress disorder, and sleep deprivation."

When she reported this to the shelter staff, they offered to move her to a new room, but it lacked a door, therefore allowing no privacy, so she left the shelter altogether.



Related: FDA: Over 6,000 Dead From Puberty Blocking Drug For Transgender Children

Yet to the trans community, none of that mattered, and Kristi was raked over the coals. Even I was attacked for trying to defend her. Worse still is the fact that shelters which exclude trans women are now being vandalized. Never mind that they help women who need it.

To the petulant children who make up what I call the 'pronoun police,' all they can think of is their own selfish and self-centric world views.

Few in this 'community,' to which I've been forcefully tied, seem to have any basic understanding of the various reasons why our presence may be triggering to some, especially in a women's shelter that houses rape victims.

It shouldn't take a big brain to see why a male-looking individual with a floppy penis may not be the best fit.


A fact of reality is that I was born a boy. Even now, post-hormone replacement therapy, I have masculine traits that will never go away. When I die, if far off into the future I'm dug up, my bones will have archeologists pegging me as male, not female.

I bring that analogy up because many trans people seem to deny they were born as the gender opposite of what they identify as. But I am not 100 percent female, and I never will be.

I'll never have a period, although some smooth-brained idiots like to argue that "some women have issues that prevent them from having periods, so does that mean you're saying they're not women too?"



Related: People To Be Allowed To Pick Their Own Gender Without Doctor's Diagnosis, Under UK Government Plans &
American College Of Pediatrics Reaches Decision: Transgenderism Of Children Is Child Abuse


No, that's not what that means. It means I have a d**k and no potential even exists for me to have a period. Because, unlike biological women who may have conditions that effect how their bodies work, they still have the proper bodies of the sex it happens to be. 

I don't. My chromosomes are XY, and I was born a boy. I'll never have to worry about cervical cancer, though when I'm older I will want to have my prostate checked.

None of this means trans people shouldn't be respected as the gender they present themselves as. We are anomalies in that our brains for some reason developed on a course which differs from what our chromosomes dictate.

I'm not going to call being trans a mental illness, but it is an issue that stems from the brain. Even scans of that organ reveal people like me have brains more closely resembling the gender we present ourselves to be, and due to that, I'm a proponent of supporting transitioning, but that support comes with some caveats.

I, for one, don't think trans women should be competing against cis women in competitive sports. At least, not outside of specialized leagues where everyone consents to trans women being allowed.

In normal events, we are seeing trans people destroy records in track, weightlifting, and other events, and that is not fair to biological females.



Related: Runner Who Lost as a Man Will Now Compete Against Girls

I'm also opposed to letting kids take various meds. By all means, if your child is trans, it's for the best to support and love them, but growing up is a confusing time, and it's maybe not a good idea to let them begin a full-on transition.

These days it's simply too easy to get a diagnosis of gender dysphoria, and I fear the repercussions.

I have zero doubts in my mind that soon enough we will have teens and adults stepping forward who were convinced they were trans at a young age, only to grow up and realize they aren't.

Some boys are just effeminate and some girls are just a bit masculine, but today, society is going out of its way to tell them they're trans.

A scary thought for a community that seems to already run on fear.

In 2017, the Southern Poverty Law Center sent out a tweet linking an article about transgender hate murders. In a follow up tweet, they listed names of all the trans people who had been murdered that year.

The placement of the names below an article about hate murders seems to imply all of the listed names were the victims of hate crimes.



Related: Mattel Releases a “Gender-Neutral” Barbie and the Video Promoting it is Preposterous

As is so often the case, this isn't true. Of the names listed, three stand out. Sean Hake, Kiwi Herring, and Scout Schultz. What's important about these people is that they weren't killed for anything related to their gender identities.

All three were shot by police in different states after charging at law enforcement with knives. That same year, multiple non-trans people were killed by police for the very same reason.

Yet the trans individuals' deaths are tallied and used as examples of a rising trend in the murder of transgender people – a trend that has been occurring for years.

What's most disingenuous is that, in many cases, there's little to no proof that their murders are linked to their status of being trans. Some are sex workers in dangerous areas where cis women are also found murdered each year, or they're just victims of normal everyday violence.

It sucks, but a lot of people just happen to get shot in the United States, and for a myriad of reasons.

Just this year, Claire Legato, a trans woman in Ohio, was shot dead after her mother got into an altercation with a man in their yard about an issue relating to theft. Jordan Cofer, also from Ohio, was tragically killed when a gunman went on a mass shooting in Dayton.



Related: The Rational Argument Against The Normalization Of Transgenderism

These two deaths are included on the Human Rights Campaign's list of "violence against the transgender community."The list ends with this sentence: "HRC has been tracking reports of fatal anti-transgender violence for the past several years."

"Anti-transgender" violence. Hmm, weird, I didn't know the Dayton, Ohio gunman did all that for a single person.

Even in cases where a transgender person kills themselves, if an agenda can be pushed, this community will immediately take a still-warm corpse and bludgeon people with it.

This week, comedian and actress Daphne Dorman took her own life. She was cited by Dave Chappelle in his most recent Netflix standup as the person who "was laughing the hardest" at his trans jokes. In case you're unaware, this is the standup special that caused many in the media to cry foul and call Chapelle 'transphobic.'



Related: Court Allows Chemical Castration of 7-Year-Old Boy, Forces Father to Take Classes on Transgenderism

Daphne, on the other hand, thought he was hilarious, and would go on to tweet in support of her friend. Her words don't matter anymore though, because now that she can't defend herself, her existence has been retconned and it is now Dave Chappelle's fault she died; a frankly just sickening and frustrating turn of events. Although it is one that makes sense when you look a bit deeper.

In 2017, at the HRC National Dinner, president Chad Griffin gave an eye-opening speech. He began by thanking Hillary Clinton who had a speaking role that year, before then repeatedly emphasizing how things for LGBT individuals were much brighter under Obama. This is important because the HRC is a major supporter of Democratic candidates and politicians.

He eventually went on to discuss 'HRC Rising,' or what he labeled as the single largest grassroots expansion in the organization's history.

This was important to him, as he proceeded to say: "It's critical we organize and mobilize the 10 million-plus LGBTQ voters in this country. Which by the way, is a voting bloc that is larger than the margin of victory of every presidential election since 1984."

For a couple years now, this speech hasn't sat well with me. I look at our media landscape and watch as fearmongering rules the day. A narrative has been created which paints anyone on the right as a hateful bigot, and has gay and trans people fearful that they're going to die.



Related: Transgender Mania Is A Symptom Of Cultural Collapse

Trans lists over-conflate and simplify the reasons people are murdered. Comedians are blamed for suicides that have nothing to do with anything they've done.

And anyone who so much as questions the absurdity of what's happening is torn down, and labeled every negative thing that will stick.

Why this keeps happening is clear. An environment has been created that is pushing people to conform to a particular mindset by brute-force scare tactics, and this is inevitably convincing them to vote a certain way.

The left is ruling by division and fear. Browse social media and the trans-death stat is cited ad nauseam.

These people legitimately believe they're going to die. All the while, the actual issues that caused those deaths aren't being discussed.

Inner city crime and prostitution are big factors, as is poor mental health. I mean, sane people don't go charging at police with knives.



Related: The Transhumanist Agenda And The [Attempted] Future Of Humanity

Yet those issues don't get blamed, nor are they being adequately discussed. Daphne Dorman, in these people's eyes, didn't join the 41 percent because she had deep-rooted issues. No, it's Chappelle's fault. It's the right's fault. It's the bigot's fault.

And as a right-leaning individual myself, who also happens to be trans, I know this to be false. I'm embraced by my community. They aren't transphobic, they don't want me dead; they just have issues with much of the same stuff I do.

A lot of trans people call me a self-loather, but I don't loathe myself, nor do I loathe the fact that I'm trans.

I just loathe the community I've been forcefully grouped into, and I think it's understandable why a lot of other people do too.

Trannies and their allies are now their own worst enemies, but unlike them, I refuse to shoot myself in the foot.


Related Articles:

Merriam-Webster Adds ‘Gender Identity’ Definition of ‘They’ to Dictionary

‘Completely reversible’? UK transgender charity instructs teachers on puberty blockers to 12yo kids

Teacher Fired For Calling Trans Student “Her” Sues School District

Cultural Marxism – LGBTQI+ A National Security Threat — the End of Civil Society as Transgender and Transhumanist Lies Destroy Everything that is Good and Sacred in Western Civilization?

The Transgender-Transhuman - Genocide of Humanity the True Cost of Transgender – Transhuman Loss of All Values for Profit

Puberty-blocking drugs given to transgender kids have killed at least 6,370 of them, FDA report finds

Teacher Fired for Refusing to Address Student With Preferred Pronouns


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Freemasonry: Mankind’s Death Wish
October 12 2020 | From: VeteransToday / Various

The source of the world's problems: The Gentile "leadership" has been chosen for its willingness to sell its soul to Cabalist central bankers by joining Freemasonry, which is Judaism for Gentiles.



As we have demonstrated in the past, any categorical and metaphysical denial of the moral order will inexorably lead to radical deceptions and sometimes covert operations.

Related: Freemasonry: Truth & History

Freemasonry, as a secret society and judaizing movement, is not only part of those deceptions but is congruent with Jewish magic and mysticism.

Only those in the upper echelon actually know what is exactly going on. As Jones documents:



“The deeper the adept penetrates, the more Talmudic are the mysteries revealed to him. The Rosicrusian, for example, is taught the inscription INRI which was nailed to the Cross means not Iesus Nazarensis Rex Iudeorum, but rather the ‘Iew of Nazareth Led into Iudea,’ a reading which deprives Christ of his divinity and reasserts the Talmudic calumny that Christ was a common criminal who deserved to be executed:

“‘As soon as the candidate has proved that he understands the Masonic meaning of this inscription INRI, the Master exclaims, My dear Brethren, the word is found again, and all present applaud this luminous discovery, that - He whose death was the consummation and the grand mystery of the Christian Religion was no more than a common Jew crucified for his crimes.’

“To be initiated into the higher degrees of Freemasonry, the adept must agree to become an assassin of the assassin of Adoniram. He must be willing to assassinate Christ and his representatives on earth. The revolutionary intent of Freemasonry becomes clear when the adept is informed that he must be willing to kill the king. Mystical Masonry is synonymous with Revolution. ”

Quoting Barruel, Jones writes:


“When the adept sallies forth from the cavern with the reeking head, he cries Nekom (I have killed him)….

“The adept is informed that till now he has only been partially admitted to the truth; that Equality and Liberty, which had constituted the first secret on his admission into Masonry, consisted in recognizing no superior on earth, and in viewing Kings and Pontiffs in another light than as men on a level with their fellow men, having no rights to sit on the throne, or to serve at the altar, but what the people had granted them.”

What a coincidence that Aleister Crowley, a 33rd degree mason who ended up having a master effect on pop music, who held “group orgies” as part of his regular rituals (including small children), and who ended up influencing sex perverts such as Alfred Kinsey, also performed similar rituals.



Related: The God Of Freemasonry Exposed

Some scholars would point out that “Rosicrucianism played an important role in the formation of Freemasonry.”

If that is the case, then we have another piece of evidence on our hands which clearly indicates that a marriage between Freemasonry and Rosicrucianism is almost unavoidable.

Both Freemasonry and Rosicrucianism, at their eventual root, sought to denigrate and attack Logos and this was very important during the French Revolution.

Since that was the case, again the marriage between the French Revolution and Jewish movements were two sides of the same coin. Isaac M. Wise wrote in 1866 that “Masonry is a Jewish institution, whose history, degrees, charges, passwords and explanations are Jewish from beginning to end.”

Henry Makow will enlighten us more on this issue.

Henry Makow: The source of the world’s problems: The Gentile “leadership” has been chosen for its willingness to sell its soul to Cabalist central bankers by joining Freemasonry, which is Judaism for Gentiles.

Architects of Deception, (2004) a 600-page history of Freemasonry by Estonian writer Jyri Lina offers profound insight into the true character of modern history.



Related: Understanding "Jewish" [Khazarian Zionist] Power

Essentially, a dominant segment of Western society has joined the Khazarian financial elite in embracing Freemasonry, a satanic philosophy that represents a death wish for civilization.

They imagine somehow they will profit from the oppression, lies and suffering caused by their Communist “New World Order.”

Incredible, bizarre and depressing as it sounds, Lina writes that 300 mainly Jewish banking families have used Freemasonry as an instrument to subvert, control and degrade the Western world.

This view is consistent with the 1938 NKVD interrogation of an illuminati member who names many of these banking families and confirms that Freemasons are expendable tools.

Based on the archives of the powerful French Grand Orient Lodge, captured in June 1940 and later made public by the Russians, Lina details how Freemasonry has conspired for world domination and orchestrated all major revolutions and wars in the modern era. (Lina, p.332)

Masons, often Jewish, are responsible for communism, Zionism, socialism, liberalism (and feminism.) They love big government because it is the ultimate monopoly. “World government” (dictatorship) is the final trophy.

This is the vision behind 9-11 and all wars.




Related: Core Edicts Of The Khazarian Mafia Top Command (Part III)

These “world revolutionary” “progressive” movements all mirror Lucifer’s rebellion against the laws of God and nature which is at the heart of Freemasonry.

They ensnare millions of gullible idealists by promising a utopia based on materialism and “reason” and dedicated to “liberty, equality and fraternity,” “public ownership” or some other idealistic sounding claptrap. It’s called bait-and-switch.

According to Lina: “The primary aim of modern freemasonry is to build the New World Order, a spiritual Temple of Solomon, where non-members are nothing but slaves [and] …where human beings would be sacrificed to Yahweh.” (52)

Lina cites numerous Jewish sources that claim Freemasonry is based on Judaism and is “the executive political organ of the Jewish financial elite.” (81-83)

The common goal of these Masonic inspired movements is to undermine religion, nation and family by promoting social division, self-indulgence and “tolerance” i.e. nihilism, globalism, sexual “liberation” and homosexuality thereby reducing humanity to a uniform dysfunctional and malleable mush.

Lina and others who attempt to alert humanity to its real condition are routinely slandered as anti-Semitic, fascist, and right wing “haters” by people indirectly employed by the bankers.



Related: The Khazarian Mafia’s System Of Cartels

This tactic shields the conspirators from scrutiny and makes discussion of our grim predicament impossible.

I am a Jew. I am not part of this banking monopoly, nor is the majority of Jews. By way of analogy, the mafia is considered mostly Italian but most Italians do not belong to the mafia.

On the other hand, Italians don’t viciously attack opponents of organized crime and call them “racists” and “hate mongers”. That would look awfully suspicious. Jews compromise themselves by their defense of the Masonic Jewish bankers and their perverse vision for humanity.


The Khazarian Ideology

We cannot understand the modern world unless we appreciate that it is the result of the Masonic conspiracy. People scoff yet the evidence stares them in the face every day.

Lina believes, “Freemasonry plays the same role in Western society as the Communist Party did in the Soviet Union. Without belonging to the freemasonry there is no chance of a fast career, regardless of how talented one is.”

Keep in mind that Communism was a Masonic enterprise and the puzzle starts to take shape.



Related: Khazarians Then, Khazarians Now

Lina says Freemasons not only control politics but also virtually every sector of Western society, including science and culture. “The present cultural life has become virtually unconscious,” he writes. “We have witnessed the beginning of cultural senility.” (333)

In his pamphlet “The Open Conspiracy: Blueprint for a World Revolution” (1929) the Freemason H.G. Wells describes an “open secret society” consisting of society’s leading men operating as a hidden force to secure world resources, reduce population through war and replace the nation state with world dictatorship. (340)


Masonic Ideology

Human beings are naturally attracted to good and repulsed by evil. Thus evil always represents itself as good.

To the public, and its own lower ranks, Freemasonry pretends to be dedicated to “making good men better”, humanism, tolerance, and you-name-it.

If this were true, would they have to extract vows of secrecy from members on pain of slitting their throat? Would they have been condemned by many Popes and banned from numerous countries? (84)

I do not wish to impugn the many good and decent men in the lower “Blue Degrees” who are unaware of Freemasonry’s true function and character.

But there is abundant evidence and testimony that Freemasonry is a satanic cult dedicated to the worship of death. (134-138)



Related: The One-Eye Sign: Its Origins And Occult Meaning

For example, when the Italian Grand Orient Lodge was evicted from the Palazzio Borghese in Rome in 1893, the owner found a shrine dedicated to Satan.

The Italian freemasons published a newspaper in the 1880s where they admitted time and again, “Our leader is Satan!” (135)

The Masons also admit to having a revolutionary political agenda.

Typical of statements Lina cites from Masonic publications is the following from a German magazine in 1910: “The driving thought is at all times focused on destruction and annihilation, because the power of this great secret society can only rise from the ruins of the existing order of society.” (272)


Conclusion

The Illuminist Conspiracy is the brake responsible for humanity’s arrested development. Mankind resembles a person suffering from a serious disease and sinking into a coma.

Juri Lina, left, has written a courageous book to revive us. He says we face “the largest spiritual crisis in the history of mankind…They have taken our history, our dignity, our wisdom and our honor, sense of responsibility, spiritual insights and our traditions.”



Related: We Are Surrounded By Masonic Symbols: How Modern Logos Are Linked To Secret Societies

We are partly to blame, he says: “We have failed to act against the Masonic madness due to our enormous gullibility. We have been totally fooled and ignored the warning signals.”(274)

He ends on a hopeful note, saying evil is dysfunctional and inevitably destroys itself. “Freemasonry carries within it the seeds of its own destruction.” (563)

Wars, revolutions and depressions are all part of a “revolutionary” process designed to frogmarch humanity to “world government” under the rubric of Freemasonry which may be a surrogate for an alliance of occult Khazarian and gentile financial elites.

Their “self-destruction” seems to be our best hope since the public is too feckless and weak to resist.




Related Articles:

African Bishops Blast Freemasonry, Sorcery In New Pastoral Letter

Zionists On Tape: “We Control America”

The Federal Reserve Cartel: The Eight Families + 7 Not-So-Secret Homes Of Super Secret Societies


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Trump Announces Declassification Of Russia Collusion, Clinton Email Probe Documents & Betrayal, Infuriating Betrayal
October 11 2020 | From: TheEpochTimes / UNZ / Various

President Donald Trump announced in a Twitter post late on Tuesday he has authorized the “total” declassification of all documents relating to the Russia collusion and Hillary Clinton email probes.




“I have fully authorized the total Declassification of any & all documents pertaining to the single greatest political CRIME in American History, the Russia Hoax. Likewise, the Hillary Clinton Email Scandal. No redactions!” he wrote at around 8:40 p.m. ET. He did not elaborate on the nature of the documents..

Related: Trump Orders Declassification of Long-Withheld Spy Records

Later, he wrote that he “can’t believe these con men are not yet being PROSECUTED,” referring to former FBI officials.

Earlier this week, White House chief of staff Mark Meadows said that Trump, while he was being treated for the CCP (Chinese Communist Party) virus in the hospital, authorized him to declassify the information.


"This morning we’ve already had a couple of discussions on items that he wants to get done,” Meadows said an interview with Fox News.

“Candidly, he’s already tasked me with getting declassification rolling in a follow-up to some of the requests that Devin Nunes and others have made,”
he said, referring to Rep. Devin Nunes (R-Calif.), the ranking member of the House Intelligence Committee.

Meadows also didn’t disclose what documents Trump was working on declassifying.

It came as House Republicans said they would fight efforts from U.S. intelligence agencies to block the disclosure of classified information surrounding the probe into whether Russia colluded with Trump in the 2016 election.



President Trump "Total Declassification" of Documents Related to Russia Investigation





Related:
Flynn’s Lawyer Excoriates Judge, Formally Calls for His Disqualification


Nunes told Fox that he would not rule out an overhaul of the entire intelligence community.


"We want every damn bit of evidence that every intelligence agency has, or it’s maybe time to shut those agencies down,” the California Republican said. “Because, at the end of the day … our liberties are more important than anything else we have in this country. And they have been stampeded over by these dirty cops.

Nunes said that memos from Christopher Steele, who authored the controversial and discredited Steele dossier about Trump, should be published.

Steele, a former UK intelligence officer, was hired by Clinton’s campaign to come up with alleged links between Russia and Trump.

Top Democrats and the former Obama administration’s CIA director, John Brennan, cried foul over the recent developments.



Related: 'Trump Was Right': Evidence Of The Corrupt FBI (Cabal) Mission To Take Trump Down

Brennan told CNN that current Director of National Intelligence John Ratcliffe is selectively declassifying information to boost Trump ahead of the November election.

Ratcliffe made a decision to declassify notes written by Brennan after he briefed former President Barack Obama on intelligence related to Russian security service saying Clinton approved;


"A proposal from one of her foreign policy advisers to vilify Donald Trump by stirring up a scandal claiming interference by the Russian security service.”

“John Ratcliffe is anything but an intelligence professional. It is appalling his selective declassification of information. It is designed to advance the political interests of Donald Trump and Republicans who are aligned with him,” Brennan said.



Related: CIA Director Haspel And The Anti-Trump Conspirators

Democrats accused Ratcliffe of spreading disinformation from Russia. However, Radcliffe told news outlets that such claims are false.


"To be clear, this is not Russian disinformation and has not been assessed as such by the intelligence community. I’ll be briefing Congress on the sensitive sources and methods by which it was obtained in the coming days,” he said to Fox News.

Earlier, in a letter (PDF) to Senate Judiciary Committee Chairman Lindsey Graham (R-S.C.), Ratcliffe disclosed that the CIA in late July 2016 came into possession of a Russian intelligence analysis that claimed that Hillary Clinton approved a plot on July 26, 2016, to dirty up the Trump campaign by insinuating a link between the Trump campaign and Russia in connection with the alleged hacking of the Democratic National Committee.

The plot was meant to distract the public from the Clinton email server scandal, according to the intelligence.

DNI Releases 1,000 Pages Of Material To Durham Investigators
From: TheEpochTimes

Director of National Intelligence John Ratcliffe announced on Oct. 7 that his office has released 1,000 pages of material to John Durham, the federal prosecutor investigating the conduct of the Russia inquiry by FBI and other intelligence agencies.



“At my direction, the Office of the Director of National Intelligence has now provided almost 1,000 pages of materials to the Department of Justice in response to Mr. Durham’s document requests,” Ratcliffe said in a statement.

Related: Nunes: Shut Down Intel Agencies Until They Declassify ‘Smoking Gun’ Evidence Against Hillary Clinton

“I will continue to ensure the Intelligence Community’s responsiveness to the DOJ’s requests. We also look forward to supporting the DOJ in further declassifications consistent with their investigation.

As the President has made clear, we must be appropriately transparent with the American people and give them the confidence that the extraordinary work of Intelligence professionals is never misused or politicized.”

The DNI’s announcement comes one day after President Donald Trump wrote on Twitter that he has authorized the full declassification of documents related to the Russia investigation and the probe into Hillary Clinton’s use of an unauthorized email server.


"I have fully authorized the total Declassification of any & all documents pertaining to the single greatest political CRIME in American History, the Russia Hoax. Likewise, the Hillary Clinton Email Scandal. No redactions!” the president wrote around 8:40 p.m. ET. He didn’t elaborate on the nature of the documents.

Later, he wrote that he “can’t believe these con men are not yet being PROSECUTED,” referring to former FBI officials.

Trump’s missive came on the heels of Ratcliffe declassifying a pair of documents which detailed a U.S. intelligence intercept of a Russian intelligence product that claimed that Clinton had approved a plan on July 26, 2016, to smear Trump by linking his campaign to the alleged hack of the DNC by the Russians.




DNI Declassifies Brennan Notes; Briefed Obama On Intelligence That Hillary Clinton Concocted Trump-Russia Allegations

Director of National Intelligence John Ratcliffe on Tuesday declassified several documents, including handwritten notes from former CIA John Brennan after he briefed former President Obama on an alleged plot by Hillary Clinton to tie then-candidate Donald Trump to Russia as "a means of distracting the public from her use of a private email server" ahead of the 2016 US election, according to Fox News.





Related:
CIA Director Haspel Personally Blocking Declassification Of Russiagate Documents




Then-CIA Director John Brennan personally briefed President Barack Obama about the plan, according to the documents as well as a summary letter Ratcliffe released last week.

The CIA then forwarded the intelligence to the FBI Director James Comey and Deputy Assistant Director Peter Strzok on Sept. 7, 2016.

Ratcliffe cautioned that since the intelligence came from Russia, it should be taken with a grain of salt since it could be an exaggeration or intentionally misleading.

The information was nonetheless significant enough for Brennan to brief to Obama and the National Security Council.

Brennan accused Ratcliffe of selectively declassifying the information for political gain.

The timing of Clinton’s alleged approval of the plot to smear Trump is significant because five days later, Strzok would open a full investigation into potential coordination between the Trump campaign and Russia.

Years later, the allegations were determined to be unfounded by special counsel Robert Mueller.


Related Articles:

Subpoenas Authorized For Comey, Brennan, Clapper, Halper And Other 'Spygate' Figures & Phones Wiped Clean: What's Behind Robert Mueller's Russia Probe Team's 'Mass Password Amnesia'?

Declassified Documents Suggest Hillary cooked up Russiagate to shift focus from her Scandals

Trump Reauthorizes Declassification Of All 'Russia Hoax' Documents In Late-Night Tweetstorm

Russia Was Trying To Hurt Trump? Impending Declassification To 'Flip Collusion Theory On Its Head': Solomon

Awful Kamala Harris Debate Performance Boosts Trump Reelection Chances

Judiciary Committee Releases Declassified Documents That Substantially Undercut Steele Dossier, Page FISA Warrants & Attorney General Says New Strzok Notes Described Obama White House Meeting

Obamagate Is Not A Conspiracy Theory & Disinformation From Schiff, Media Damaged America




Betrayal, Infuriating Betrayal

What the Russiagate investigation shows, is that high-ranking members of the Democrat party were part of an illicit coup d’etat aimed at removing Donald Trump from office and rolling back the results of the 2016 elections.



It is a vast understatement to say that the operation was merely an attack on Donald Trump when, in fact, it was an attack on the system itself, a full-blown assault on the right of ordinary people to choose their own leaders.

Related: VP Biden helped son Hunter become fabulously wealthy by shaking down international governments and corporations

That’s what Russiagate is really all about; it was an attempt to torpedo democracy by invoking the flimsy and unverifiable claim that Trump was an agent of the Kremlin.


"The belief in a supernatural source of evil is not necessary; men alone are quite capable of every wickedness."

- Joseph Conrad

None of this, of course, has been discussed in a public forum because those platforms are all privately-owned media that are linked to the people who executed the junta.

But for those who followed events closely, and who know what actually happened, there has never been a more serious crime in American history

Here’s your political puzzler for the day: Which of these two things poses a greater threat to the country:

1. A boastful president who has no previous government experience and who is rash and impulsive in his dealings with the media, foreign leaders and his critics?

2. Or a political party that collaborates with senior-level officials in the Intel agencies, the FBI, the DOJ, the media, and former members of the White House to spy on the new administration with the intention of gathering damaging information that can be used to overthrow the elected government?

The answer is “2”, the greater threat to the country is a political party that engages in subversive activity aimed at toppling the government and seizing power.


Related: Presstitute New York Times and the Rest of the Whore Media Rush to Defend Hunter Biden from the Devastating US Senate Report on His Corruption and Likely Criminal Action

In fact, that’s the greatest danger that any country can face, an enemy from within.

Foreign adversaries can be countered by diplomatic engagement and shoring up the nation’s military defenses, but traitors - who conduct their activities below the radar using a secret network of contacts and connections to inflict maximum damage on the government - are nearly unstoppable.



Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Related: Hillary Clinton Accused Of Approving Scheme To Smear Trump With Russia Accusations

What we discovered was that the permanent bureaucracy, the media and the Democrat party are riddled with strategically-placed quislings and collaborators that are willing to sabotage their own government if they are so directed
.

The question that immediately comes to mind is this: Who concocted this plot, who authorized the electronic eavesdropping, the confidential informants, the widespread spying, the improperly obtained warrants, the fake news, and the endless leaks to the media? Who?

What we witnessed was not just an attempted coup, it was a window into the inner-workings of a secret government operating independently from within the state.

And the sedition was not confined to a few posts at the senior levels of the FBI, CIA, NSA, or DOJ. No.

The corruption has saturated the entire structure, seeping down to the lower levels where career bureaucrats eagerly perform tasks that are designed to damage or incriminate elected officials. How did it ever get this bad?

And who is calling the shots? We still don’t know.

Let me pose a theory: The operation might have been concocted by former CIA-Director John Brennan, but Brennan surely is not the prime instigator, nor is Clapper, Comey or even Obama.



Related: DNI Declassifies CIA Memo That Comey Claimed to Have No Memory of Receiving

The real person or persons who initiated the coup will likely never be known. These are the Big Money guys who operate in the shadows and who have a stranglehold on the Intelligence agencies
.

These are the gilded Mandarins who have their tentacles wrapped firmly around the entire state-power apparatus and who dictate policy from their leather-bound chairs at their high-end men’s clubs.

These are the people who decided that Donald Trump “had to go” whatever the cost.

They pulled out all the stops, engaged their assets across the bureaucracy, and launched a desperate three and half year-long regime change operation that blew up in their faces leaving behind a trail carnage from Washington, DC to Sydney, Australia.

In contrast, Trump somehow slipped the noose and escaped largely unscathed.

He was pummeled mercilessly in the media, disparaged by his political rivals, and raked over the coals by the chattering classes, but - at the end of the day - it was Trump who was left standing.

Trump - who took on the entire political establishment, the Intel agencies, the FBI, the mainstream media, and the Democratic party - had beaten them all at their own game.

Go figure?



Related: Subpoenas Authorized For Comey, Brennan, Clapper, Halper And Other 'Spygate' Figures & Phones Wiped Clean: What's Behind Robert Mueller's Russia Probe Team's 'Mass Password Amnesia'?

Keep in mind, the Democrats have known that the Mueller probe was a fraud from as early as 2017 when the President of Crowdstrike, Shawn Henry, (who provided cyber security for the DNC) admitted to Congress that there was no forensic evidence that the DNC emails had been hacked by Russia or anyone else.

Think about that for a minute:

The entire Mueller investigation was based on the assumption that Russia hacked into the DNC servers and stole the emails. We now know that never happened.

The cyber-security team that conducted the investigation of the DNC computers admitted in sworn testimony before Congress that there was no evidence of “exfiltration” or pilfering of any kind.

Repeat: There was no proof of hacking, no proof of Russian involvement, and no proof of foul play.

The entire foundation upon which the Russia investigation was built, turned out to be false. More importantly, Democrat members of the Intelligence Committee knew it was false from the get-go, but opted to let the charade continue anyway.

Why?



Related: First Criminal Charge By Durham Casts Shadow Over Mueller Probe & ‘Russiagate’ Hoax Unravels, But Their Anti-Russia Sanctions Don’t

Because the truth didn’t matter, what mattered was getting rid of Trump by any means necessary. That’s why they used “opposition research” [Note: “Oppo” research is the hyperbolic nonsense political parties use to smear a political opponent.] to illegally obtain warrants to spy on members of the Trump team.

It’s because the Democrat leadership will do anything to regain power.

By the way, we also have evidence that the warrants that were used to spy on Trump were obtained illegally.

The FISA court was deliberately misled so the FBI could carry out its vendetta on Trump. Former FBI lawyer Kevin Clinesmith:


"Did willfully and knowingly make and use a false writing and document, knowing the same to contain a materially false, fictitious, and fraudulent statement and entry in a matter before the jurisdiction of the executive branch and judicial branch of the Government of the United States.”

Bottom line: Clinesmith deliberately altered emails so that FISA applications could be renewed and the spying on the Trump campaign could continue.

So, let’s summarise:

1. The Democrats knew there was no proof the emails were stolen; thus, they knew the Russia probe was a hoax.

2. The Democrats knew that their fraudulent “opposition research” was being used to illegally obtain warrants to spy on the Trump camp. This makes them accessory to a crime.

3. Finally, the Democrats continue to spread (virtually) the same Russia-Trump collusion allegations today that they did before the Mueller investigation released its report. The lies and disinformation have persisted as if the “nation’s most expensive and exhaustive investigation” had never taken place. What does this tell us about the Democrats?




Related: Burisma admits in court that it bribed Joe and Hunter Biden

On a superficial level, it tells us that they can’t be trusted because they don’t tell the truth. But on a deeper level, it expresses the party’s Ruling Doctrine, which is to control the public by means of deceit, disinformation, propaganda and lies.

Only the powerful and well-connected are entitled to know the truth, everyone else must be subjected to fabrications that are crafted in a way that best coincides with the overall objectives of ruling elites.

That’s why the Democrats stick with the shopworn mantra that Trump is in bed with Russia.

It doesn’t matter that the theory has been thoroughly discredited and disproved. It doesn’t even matter that the theory was never the slightest bit believable to begin with.

What matters is that party leaders are preventing ordinary people from knowing the truth, which is an essential part of their governing doctrine.

It’s surprising that this doesn’t piss-off more Democrats, after all, it’s the ultimate expression of contempt and condescension.



Related: John Durham looking into prior FBI ‘investigation’ of questionable millions that flowed into the Clinton Foundation

When someone lies to your face relentlessly, repeatedly and shamelessly, they are expressing their loathing for you. Can’t they see that?

But maybe you think this is overstating the case? Maybe you think the Dems are just trying to “cover their backside” on a matter that is purely political?

Okay, but answer this: Were the Democrats involved in a plot to overthrow the President of the United States?

Yes, they were.

Is that treason?

Yes, it is.

Then, are we really prepared to say that treason is “purely political”?

No, especially since Russiagate was not a one-off, but just the first shocking example of how the Democrats operate. If we examine the Dems approach to the Covid-19 crisis, we see that their policy is actually more destructive than the 4-year Russia fiasco.


Related: DOJ, CIA, FBI Have Not Released the Russiagate Documents that President Trump Has Declassified

For example, which party has imposed the most brutal, economy-eviscerating lockdowns and the most punitive mask mandates, while steadily ratcheting up the fearmongering at every opportunity?

Which states suffered the most catastrophic economic damage due in large part to the edicts issued by their Democrat governors?

Which party is using a public health emergency to advance the global “Reset” agenda announced at the World Economic Forum (WEF)?

Which party is using the Covid-19 fraud to crash the economy, eliminate 40 million jobs, roll-back basic civil liberties and turn the United States into a NWO slave-state ruled by Wall Street bankers, Silicon Valley technocrats and Davos elites?


Which party?

And which party has aligned itself with Black Lives Matter, the faux-social justice organization that is funded by foreign oligarchs that are working tirelessly to crush the emerging populist movement that supports “America First” ideals?

Which party applauded while American cities burned and small businesses across the country were looted and razed by masses of hooligans engaged in an orgy of destruction?




Related: CIA Fabricated Russiagate ‘Evidence’, Says Former NSA Tech Chief

Which party’s mayors and governors rejected federal assistance to put down the riots and reestablish order so ordinary people could get back to work to provide for themselves and their families?

And which party now is threatening widespread social unrest and anarchy if the upcoming presidential election does not produce the result that they or their globalist puppet-masters seek?

The Democrat party has undergone a sea-change in the last four years.

There’s no trace of the party that was once headed by progressive-thinking idealists like John F Kennedy.

What’s left now is a shell of its former self; a cynical, self-aggrandizing, cutthroat organization that has betrayed its base, the American people, and the country.

Indeed, for all its many failings, it is the ‘betrayal’ that is the most infuriating.


Related Articles:

Hunter Biden Longtime Biz Partner And Burisma Board-Buddy Going To Prison After Obama Judge Reversed

John Podesta Admits In Testimony Both DNC And Hillary Campaign Split The Cost For Bogus Trump-Russia Dossier That Launched The Coup + Attorney Clevenger Alleges Office Of DNI Has Communications Between Seth Rich And WikiLeaks – Russia Collusion A Lie!

As Trump orders the complete declassification of all “Russia Hoax” documents, here’s a list of traitors who should be arrested and tried for reason

Justice Department Dropping General Michael Flynn’s Criminal Case + ‘Never Saw Any Direct Evidence’: Clapper Admission Torpedoes Democrat Push To Revive Trump-Russia Conspiracy With Transcript Dump

Spygate Could Make Watergate Look Like A Third-Rate Burglary & Horowitz Found ‘Apparent Errors Or Inadequately Supported Facts’ In Every Single FBI FISA Application He Reviewed


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Jacinda Ardern’s COVID Treason + Global Uprising Underway
October 10 2020 | From: EnvirowatchRangitikei / Mercola / Various

These are unprecedented times in history around the world and in New Zealand right now. Deeply troubling things occurring that just make no rational sense.
Is there something else going on behind the scenes with the global COVID-19 pandemic?



It’s a very strong word to use, but is it treason? It’s a deadly serious question.

Related: Dr Rashid Buttar and Billy Te Kahika with Del Bigtree Live via The Vinny Eastwood Show

Has the New Zealand Prime Minister been using COVID-19 to engage in a deliberate attack on New Zealand and the New Zealand people on behalf of powerful global interests?

The evidence is unfortunately stacking up against her. As difficult as this concept is for us to accept, the actions are increasingly speaking for themselves and it is getting more and more difficult to find other reasoning for things.

The evidence is now showing us with greater certainty every day in many countries around the world, including New Zealand, that deceptive and deeply concerning agendas may be in play with COVID-19.

Initially to substantially over inflate the severity of the threat, and then to deliberately and artificially maintain COVID-19 as an apparent ongoing severe threat to our population.

A threat requiring ongoing substantial disruptions to our freedoms, our economy and livelihood, our basic way of life, and our NZ Bill of Rights.

Are there deliberate crimes against humanity being committed here by Jacinda Ardern and other national leaders? Look at what is also happening in Australia, in Germany, the UK, Ireland, and other places where historically enormous public protests have been taking place against this over the past few weeks.

Over a million people marched through the streets of Berlin recently. A country that is very well aware of dangerous developments in government.




Crimes Against Humanity: The Great Scamdemic

Dr. Fuellmich announces an International network of lawyers will argue the biggest tort case in world history.

Attorney Reiner Fuellmich presents comprehensive overview of how the fake PCR test was adopted as the standard for Covid-19 “diagnosis” and how Germany’s Green Party persuaded the German majority government to adopt talking points of deliberate fear and panic in violation of international law of crimes against humanity.

Dr. Fuellmich announces that an International network of lawyers will argue the biggest tort case in world history.





Related Articles:

Confronting the Lies about the Virus: The Fear Campaign Has No Scientific Basis

Why Are Covid-19 Cases Soaring In NZ? PCR Test Update

COVID diagnostic test: worst test ever devised?

'A national advertising campaign must tell the public the truth on COVID-19’: Alan Jones

University of Waterloo Doctor & Professor Refers To COVID-19 As A “Fake Emergency”

Belgian health experts demand full investigation into WHO for faking COVID-19 pandemic

Scamdemic Science: Coronavirus “cases” are medically meaningless, yet being used to justify weaponized lockdowns to destroy humanity

Why Is Facebook Banning Users Who Share The “Plandemic” Movie?

The public are waking up to ‘alarmist politicians': Alan Jones

Plandemic Indoctornation: Is The Film Really A Debunked Conspiracy?

Dr. Fauci Says Asymptomatic Transmission Doesn't Drive Epidemics




When considering this question of crimes being committed, we are not talking here about Jacinda Ardern receiving poor advice and incorrect information from the expert advisers, or making well-meaning errors of judgement, or failures of management down the chain of command.

We are talking here about deliberately and wilfully blocking, banning, and removing the most vital tools and information available to New Zealand for combatting the alleged threat from COVID-19 which could restore normality to our now crippled nation.

Why on earth would Jacinda Ardern and the New Zealand government do that to their own country and their own people?

Let’s not dwell too much here on the first part of the COVID response situation, which was the initial grossly over inflated severity of the risk.

We can potentially give Jacinda Ardern the benefit of the doubt that she initially acted according to the information and advice being given to her by the ‘global experts’.

The evidence is now well confirmed and acknowledged around the world that the initial doomsday estimates of the lethality of COVID-19 were hugely over-stated.



Related: Media Gunning For Scott Atlas Because He Keeps Exposing Coronavirus Lies

Imperial College in London and the World Health Organisation initially had their computer model projections showing a mortality rate at a devastating 3.4%. This led to the initial pandemic response and worldwide lockdown, including New Zealand’s Level 4 lockdown.

This has long since been shown by the real-life data from front-line doctors, scientists, and health organisations around the world to have been enormously overstated. The mortality rate of COVID-19 is now confirmed and acknowledged to be somewhere between 0.05% and 0.8% depending on how the data is interpreted.

This puts it in the same mortality spectrum as normal seasonal flu, not a catastrophic global pandemic.

This real-life data showing this true mortality rate should have been enough on its own to trigger a substantial shift in the government’s strategic policies towards the COVID response.

Does it make any sense for New Zealand to continue to enforce severe restrictions on society and catastrophic damage to the economy for something now proven and acknowledged to have the same mortality rate as seasonal flu?

No, not at all. So immediately that is a major red flag for Jacinda Ardern’s COVID response.

We’ll come back to the current big issue of the exploding number of ‘positive cases’ in New Zealand, Victoria, and other places.



Related: Madness In Melbourne & Exposing The Occult Corona-Initiation Ritual

But let’s move on for now as we look at the second part of the COVID response situation, which is a lot more damning and inexcusable for Jacinda Ardern.

This is where the issue really arises of potentially deliberate crimes against New Zealand and the question of treason.

Why have the most important tools and information for New Zealand to combat the COVID-19 threat been deliberately banned and withheld by Jacinda Ardern and the New Zealand government?

I am referring here to three main points, all of which would be enormously useful to our COVID fight;

1. Antibody / Serology testing.

2. Proven treatments such as Hydroxychloroquine, which is now scientifically proven in dozens of peer reviewed scientific studies around the world to have a powerful effect on reducing deaths from COVID-19.

3. The brazen censoring, banning, and ridiculing of any information and evidence that goes against their own COVID narrative, no matter how scientifically robust that information is, and no matter how professionally credible the source of the information is.


Remember, Jacinda Ardern paid $50 million to our media. They now seem extremely compliant and supportive.

Let’s deal with Point 3 first. In Jacinda Ardern’s own words, she and the New Zealand government are now to be “the one source of truth about COVID-19”.

Information from anywhere else should be ignored, dismissed, or removed including information from renowned doctors, scientists, and world leading medical researchers.

Those who disobey and go against Jacinda Ardern’s ‘one source of COVID truth’ will be severely fined, banned, and potentially even arrested.

What sort of leader speaks and acts like that? A corrupt dictator with something serious to hide or cover up, that’s who.



Related: Manufactured Pandemic? Testing People For Any Strain Of A Coronavirus, Not Specifically For COVID-19 & An Open Letter To The New Zealand Police In A Time Of Covid-19

Hence the introduction of Jacinda Ardern’s ‘Internet Filtering Bill’ to ensure that any ‘inappropriate’ information and evidence can be quickly removed to retain the desired COVID narrative.

It will be introduced to New Zealand on October 1st and will allow Jacinda Ardern, as the self-appointed “one source of truth”, to remove from the internet or Facebook anything she feels is contrary to what she wants people to know.

It’s a simple 3-step process for Jacinda’s modern day ‘book burning’ policy; 1. Warning, 2. Heavy fine, 3. Removal from the internet or Facebook.

What’s next? Will we see Kiwis arrested and dragged out of their homes by the police for posting something critical of Jacinda on Facebook like the pregnant mother in Victoria, who simply posted on Facebook about a lockdown protest and was then arrested and marched out of her house in handcuffs, in her pyjamas, in front of her young children.

As of October 1st, Jacinda Ardern’s Internet Filtering Bill allows her to do exactly the same thing to Kiwis. These are very major concerns for the New Zealand public which deserve the most serious examination.

Let’s now return to Point 1 of Jacinda Ardern’s alleged treason. In April 2020 Jacinda Ardern and the New Zealand government banned and withdrew COVID-19 antibody / serology testing in New Zealand. Why on earth would she do that?

Antibody testing would provide New Zealand with the most scientifically robust method of understanding exactly what the overall COVID situation is in New Zealand.




COVID-1984: Face Mask Doublethink

Here is a video that should convince even the last person that this Labour government, together with its fake media, is still using covid misinformation, fake experts, fear and tyranny to implement their hidden socialist agenda of rendering the people into dependency, pushing a vast number of serfs into bankruptcy, unemployment, welfare, debt, depression and anxiety.

Watch to the end where the situation pertaining to NZ will become very clear and very concerning.

Jacinda will go down in history as New Zealand's biggest charlatan and egomaniac. And to hell with her 'experts'.






Related Articles:

Mask Facts

Unmasking The Science You Aren’t Hearing On TV | COVID-19 Facts from the Frontline

Face Masks Pose Serious Risks to the Healthy

Face Masks Safe for Children? Check Out These Carbon Dioxide Levels

Face masks make you stupid





Simon Thornley, epidemiologist at Auckland University, has been very vocal in his criticism of antibody testing/serology being shut down as a critical tool to help track the current outbreak and assess its prevalence in the community.

Thornley called for serology testing back in April, but by the end of that month, the Ministry of Health had specifically banned the importation and sale of serology tests.

Why on earth would they do that? Antibody testing would tell us what percentage of the overall population has already been exposed to the virus and now recovered.

It would tell us if the virus had already swept through the population some months ago, done its thing (as contagious viruses do), it would tell us if the country had achieved ‘herd immunity’ (like Sweden now has), and that the virus had essentially now reached the end of its natural life cycle in New Zealand.

Or it could tell us that this hadn’t yet happened and there was still an issue. If it showed us that the virus had indeed already swept through the population, then the issue of COVID-19 in New Zealand is finished. Done with.

Like Sweden, we now get on with life as normal, like we do every year with the seasonal flu virus.

Instead of having that very clear picture from antibody testing, we instead have our daily mass hysteria on the mainstream news networks about the latest outbreak of the latest ‘positive cases’.



Related: Brainwashing And The New Vocabulary: 12 Words & Phrases We Never Want To Hear Again & Just Like 9/11 Did, COVID-19 Is Shifting Human Consciousness In A Major Way

Bombarding us daily with terrifying terminology like the danger of the latest new ‘sub cluster’. Those people that ‘test positive’ or have been in close contact with a positive test are locked into COVID detention centres under military guard.

But what does a ‘positive case’ actually mean? It means absolutely nothing. The PCR test that is used for this is incapable of telling us whether or not a person has active and infectious COVID-19.

Even the inventor of the PCR test told the world this fact.

There are around three dozen different types of Corona Virus, including COVID-19, the common cold, and others. All the PCR test might tell us is that a person at some point recently may have had, or has, one of those many different Corona Viruses.

If you had a common cold several months ago but now recovered, then you might well test positive on the PCR test. If you had COVID-19 several months ago, didn’t realise it, or only had minor symptoms and now recovered, then you might test positive on the PCR test.

So, are these new explosions of ‘positive cases’ in New Zealand, Victoria, and other places actually just people who have already had COVID-19 and are mostly now fine?

Would that explain why virtually everyone who is now ‘testing positive’ are showing no symptoms (asymptomatic) and feel fine?




Your Last Shred Of Freedom

This short video is extremely hard-hitting and cuts straight to the core of the covid issue in our Aotearoa, and what our future will look like if the current Government continues unopposed.





Related Articles:

How Lethal Is Covid-19 (Coronavirus)? Dr. Sam Bailey

Coronavirus Cases Plummet When PCR Tests Are Adjusted

The Age of Double Standards

Doctors Demand Integrative Medicine Be Incorporated Into National Health Policy

COVID-19 vaccine a 'fantasy' - controversial epidemiologist

Covid-19: Who Fact-Checks the Fact-Checkers?

Should I Take My Video Down?

Canterbury doctor found to have spread 'misleading' information about COVID-19




We now know that the mortality rate of COVID-19 is very low (similar to seasonal flu). We also know from figures around the world, that the numbers of death and severe illness from COVID-19 have plummeted over the last few months, and continue to plummet, despite the explosion of so called ‘positive cases’.

Almost as if the virus is coming to a natural and normal end and the positive tests are mostly just picking up people who have previously been exposed to the virus but are mostly fine.

The media and governments around the world, including New Zealand, now barely even mention the rather critical issues of how many people now are actually dying from COVID-19 or in critical condition.

All the talk is now focussed on how many new ‘positive cases’ there are. Is New Zealand, and other countries, unnecessarily remaining in COVID catastrophe only because of a pandemic of arbitrary ‘positive cases’ from a test that is largely meaningless?



Related: Dr. Andrew Kaufman: Unmasking the Lies Around COVID-19: Facts Versus Fiction of the Coronavirus Pandemic

This brings us back to the point about antibody testing.

If Jacinda Ardern had not banned and withdrawn antibody testing in New Zealand back in April then we could answer that question right now with great scientific certainty and quite possibly have returned and kept New Zealand in relative normality long ago, rather than now watching the destruction of our economy and the very fabric of our society being ripped up.

So why on earth did Jacinda Ardern ban it and withdraw antibody testing? She specifically went out of her way to ban and withdraw such a powerful and useful tool, and shut down dissenting dialogue from experts about these things.

This suggests a wilful agenda rather than incompetence and mismanagement. It suggests that she doesn’t actually want to be able draw the COVID catastrophe to a conclusion. That thought is rather disturbing.

What about Point 2 of Jacinda Ardern’s alleged treason. Why would she withdraw proven, effective, cheap and easy treatments for COVID-19?

We’ve been told that vaccine trials are being rushed through as quickly as possible. Bill Gates has told us that because his vaccines are having to be rushed through the normal safety protocols that he will need to be legally indemnified against any negative effects on health from his vaccines.

That doesn’t really inspire me to line up for his medicine. If something is robustly and properly tested as being safe and effective then that’s fine for people to have that option to choose to take a vaccine.




Viral Issue Crucial Update: The Science, Logic and Data Explained

The ultimate update on our viral issue, bar none. Get educated - or keep your head in the sand while your errant leaders destroy society around you...

Download it here: You all have full permission to upload it wherever you want.





Related: Investigative Report on the COVID-19 Pandemic and its Relationship to SARS-COV2 and Other Factors





However, through the New Zealand ‘Health Response Bill’ that Jacinda Ardern has just rushed through parliament without due process, the legal framework has now been created for potential mandatory vaccines in the future, as was outlined in parliament.

If not technically mandatory for the general population, then at least making the vaccine a requirement for return to ‘normal’ society.

The wording in one Ministry of Health COVID-19 document being “Immunisation status verification for return to work” – page 29 of the document in this link.

So the people of New Zealand could soon find themselves in a position whereby if they do not consent to taking a vaccine that has been rushed through the safety processes, then they cannot return to work or to normal society.

Put Your 'Government' On Notice: Non-Consents


Free Yourself from Slavery: Draconian laws rushed through by the NZ Government and many other countries under the guise of the China Virus do not apply to you if you are informed and take the necessary steps.

From SolutionsEmpowerment:

"The information provided on this website is the accumulation of over 21 years of personal research, application and experience, as well as years' of active research initiatives, tested cases and contributions from many other local and international researchers and co pro-activists who are leaders in their fields.

This site was created due to the overwhelming demand from people searching for easy to apply solutions to ever increasing financial, legal and judicial oppression and to attain a better understanding of what remaining rights one has and how to apply them."


SolutionsEmpowerment.com


Related Articles:

How to Decline a Vaccine

NZ’S Cabinet Papers Warn The Military Will Man Check Points During Any Newly Forecast Lockdowns


It needs to be stated that we are not providing legal advice. See the content on the links above and educate yourself.

A vaccine for which Bill Gates says he will have to have legal indemnity for any negative health impacts.

These vaccines that will have been rushed through the safety testing processes, then being forced onto Kiwis, against their will for a great many, specifically against the New Zealand Bill of Rights which used to protect them from that.


This is for a virus confirmed and acknowledged to have a natural recovery rate of 99.95% or higher without a vaccine.

Does this make any rational sense at all?



Related: Regarding Covid-19: Where Did Commonsense And #8 Wire Savvy Go? & Shelter In Place Is Weakening The Immune Systems Of Everyone Who Complies

Why would Jacinda Ardern enforce these types of extremely draconian breaches of our Bill of Rights when the recovery rate without a vaccine is already 99.95% or higher, and when there are numerous other safer, cheaper, and easier treatments?

Why is Jacinda Ardern not having discussions with us about these other treatments and is instead shutting them down? There are numerous potential treatments that have been put forward by doctors and researchers around the world.

We won’t go into all of them here, but one in particular seems to get extra special treatment from many western governments, including New Zealand, in terms of ensuring that it remains out of the conversation and remains off the table as a prevention and treatment option.

That being Hydroxychloroquine (HCQ), which is an anti-malaria drug used extensively and safely around the world, and approved by the FDA for over 60 years.

When it comes to HCQ, never in history has a proven safe drug been so demonised by politicians, media, and small elements of seemingly corrupted and politicised science. Why is that?

Nearly 100 scientific studies this year have now shown HCQ to be a very useful treatment against COVID-19, with dozens of these studies peer reviewed.

Front-line COVID-19 doctors all over the world are coming forward with evidence of its effectiveness with their patients to save lives.

Countries who routinely use HCQ for malaria, and are now using it against COVID-19, have extremely small COVID-19 mortality rates relative to countries not using HCQ.



Related: Coronavirus: New Zealand's Dangerous Political Vacuum & Health Experts Feel Censored Over Alternative Lockdown Plan

Why are doctors and researchers who are coming forward with this information being systematically shut down, censored, and losing their jobs?

Why did Jacinda Ardern shut down the HCQ studies in New Zealand?

The official line is that there is contradictory evidence and that there are potential health side effects from HCQ.

But all of these claims have been very quickly shown to have been rushed out by the media and politicians on the back of what can only be called corrupted ‘politicised science’, which has quickly been exposed as such.

It has angered researchers into HCQ and other potential treatments. Associate Professor Justin Denholm from Australia’s Doherty Institute, who has been working with New Zealand researchers, said:


"I’m angry about the level of misinformation and mistrust that puts on the scientific community.”

The clearest example of this with regards HCQ is the Lancet report. A quite staggering situation.

The Lancet is one of the oldest and best known peer reviewed Medical Journals in the world. On May 22, right at the time when doctors around the world were pushing HCQ into the spotlight as an effective treatment for COVID-19, the Lancet published an article stating that HCQ did not help COVID-19 patients and might actually cause death.

It was seized upon by the World Health Organisation, the media, and political leaders around the world to demonise and help shut down the conversation on HCQ.



Related: What Is The Real Purpose Of The Lockdowns? + How A False Hydroxychloroquine Narrative Was Created

Incredibly, only 10 days later, after immediately being called out by the science and medical community, the Lancet was forced to retract the article along with an apology.

A quite staggering occurrence that would never normally occur in the world of medical research with a publisher of the level of the Lancet.

Why have certain elements of the political-medical axis been so hell bent on shutting down HCQ and other treatments? It’s a troubling question.

With nearly 100 studies, and real life doctors on the frontline of COVID-19 all over the world demonstrating and pushing the effectiveness of HCQ, why has Jacinda Ardern shut down further research on this treatment and prohibited its use in New Zealand?

Why not give Kiwis the choice of Bill Gates’ rushed through vaccine, or other treatments such as HCQ?

Flu vaccines have been around for 80 years and people are still getting the flu and are still dying from it with a similar mortality rate to what COVID-19 has without a vaccine.

Yet Jacinda Ardern’s new rushed through health response policies suggest that once Bill Gates’ (or someone else’s) rushed through vaccine is available, she will make us unable to return to work until we have agreed to take it.

Meanwhile HCQ is not allowed to be talked about or taken.



Related: Fauci Knew About HCQ In 2005 - Nobody Needed To Die & Criminal Big Pharma Put In Charge Of COVID-19 Vaccine

We have reached a level of insanity with all this that would be simply laughable if it were not so deadly serious and not so deeply concerning for the future of our country and our people.

Jacinda Ardern has banned the one medical test that could be so useful to us understanding our COVID-19 situation in New Zealand, she has shut down any discussion or access to extremely positive and very cheap treatment options, and has instead pushed us towards mandatory vaccines that will have to be rushed through the health and safety controls, and she is now systematically shutting down our ability to question these things and to share information and research about these things.

As she has told us herself, for the benefit of the country, she needs to be the “one source of truth”.

This is precisely why more than a million people marched through Berlin several weeks ago, why 40,000 people just gathered in Trafalgar Square in London, and why thousands of people just marched down Queen Street in Auckland in the NZ Freedom March.

Alongside all this, we have Sweden. Sweden is now rapidly becoming extremely problematic for all those countries like New Zealand who have gone into extreme COVID measures.

No lockdowns in Sweden and COVID-19 is essentially no longer an issue there. It’s finished. Whereas in New Zealand, it seems very much like Jacinda Ardern and the New Zealand government are doing everything they can to keep it going.

Why?



Related: Agenda 21: Awareness And Activism + UN 2030 Agenda Decoded: Blueprint For The Global Enslavement Of Humanity Under Corporate Masters

The impact that all of this is having on New Zealand simply can’t be stated in strong enough terms. It is literally destroying our country.

Apart from crushing the nations psyche and emotional strength through the daily bombardment of terrifying updates about the latest ‘sub cluster’, we have debt levels that can never be repaid, small businesses crushed, unemployment set to go to levels beyond anything ever seen or imagined in New Zealand, and suicide rates going off the charts.

These are unprecedented scenes and unprecedented times in human history, and none of it makes any rational sense.

Unless that is if there is something else going on that we aren’t supposed to know about. It is becoming increasingly difficult to avoid a conclusion that, somehow, there are some big global agendas involved here that wanted the initial global threat of COVID-19 to be substantially over inflated, and now for that threat and that danger to be artificially maintained.

It sounds absolutely crazy. No question about that. But nothing we are seeing makes any rational sense for any kind of ‘normal’ situation.

Is it treason? It’s a very strong word.


Related Articles:

“Smoking Gun”: COVID-19 Fatality Rate “Worst Miscalculation in the History of Humanity”

After Returning To White House, Trump Implores Americans Not To Let COVID-19 "Dominate Your Life"

How Dare He Recover?!

FDA Wants to Ban NAC Now That It Combats COVID-19

The war on Hydroxychloroquine can be traced back to Gilead, the drug maker looking to profit big from Remdesivir

The 1% blunder: How a simple but fatal math mistake by US Covid-19 experts caused the world to panic and order lockdowns

Australian Government’s Own Website Admits COVID Tests Are Totally Unreliable

COVID19 PCR Tests Are Scientifically Meaningless

The Corona Stasi in Australia

1918 'Spanish Flu': Radio EMFs Caused Flu, Mass Vaccinations Caused Mass Deaths

Graphic: HCQ The Cure Censored by Assholes & Mass Murderers

French Professor says there is no second wave

“Serious adverse event” in AstraZeneca’s COVID-19 vaccine trial revealed as spinal inflammation disorder caused by toxic adjuvants

Kill Bill is "Particularly Excited" About the Billions He is Going to Make From the Vaccines

More Melbourne Insanity: Mom Arrested At Beach For Traveling 'Outside Her Permitted 5km Radius'

Living With Covid-19

LA County's Public Health Director Accidentally Admits What Many Suspected About Lockdowns

Victoria's elimination strategy is 'unsustainable'

COVID-19 Facts from the Frontline

People are dying ‘with corona not from corona’

Victorian doctors argue the lockdown is 'causing more harm than good'

Australians are unaware only nine per cent of COVID deaths caused solely by virus: Jones

Riccardo Bosi: The Rising Tyranny of Globalism, Revolution in Australia, & the Next War Cycle

Wholesale lockdowns 'do not save lives'

The justification for Victoria's lockdown is 'built on very, very loose sand'

Andrews’ non-medically advised state curfew is ‘another serious concern’

Is The Pandemic Over?

New Engineered Coronaviruses Are Under Development

Huge Anti-Bill Gates Mural Appears in Melbourne as Crowds Chant ‘Arrest Bill Gates’ at Protests

Children’s Health Defense and RFK Jr. release “message of unity” video calling for health freedom advocates to #StandFirm against vaccine mandates

Fr. Altier: Coronavirus - The Truth Revealed

The HSE Covid-19 Report

Urgent Additional Information About Your Future! Bombshell Evidence That Covid Is Chromosome 8 Human DNA – They Want To Make Us Mentally Retarded & Create An Auto Immune Disorder Within Us! Ground Breaking Videos Banned By YouTube

Robocop Is Here – New Police Helmet Scans For COVID-19 and Uses Facial Recognition

Discovery: Autopsies Prove that COVID-19 is a Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation (Pulmonary Thrombosis)

StopNewNormal

'Australians must know the truth - this virus is not a pandemic': Alan Jones

"Everyone Involved Should Face Jail Time": Trump Jr. Slams Nashville Officials For Concealing Low COVID-19 Numbers

Belgian Medical Profession Demands a Halt to Covid Pandemic Propaganda

‘It is madness’: Dr Eamonn Mathieson Calls for Victoria Premier to Stop Causing Harm

UK Institutes New Second Lock Down but Is It Based on Faulty Data?

Covid Gate, The Political Virus Prof Michel Chossudovsky



Global Uprising Underway

After six months of intermittent or in some cases near-continuous lockdowns, many have reached their limit and uprisings are finally emerging around the world. The last week of August 2020 saw gatherings of tens of thousands of individuals in Berlin, London and Dublin, protesting stay-at-home orders, business closures, mask and vaccine mandates and Bill Gates’ dictatorial grip on public health matters.





According to data released by the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention August 26, 2020, only 6% of the total COVID-19-related deaths in the U.S. had COVID-19 listed as the sole cause of death on the death certificate. (See source for reference links.)

Related: The Evolution of COVID-19 Propaganda: 1] The Repetitive Use of Deceptive Imagery, 2] Management of the News and 3] Lying About the Worth of PCR Test Kits

A September 2, 2020, study found the overall noninstitutionalized infection fatality ratio was 0.26%. Among those under the age of 40, the infection fatality ratio is 0.01%, while those over 60 have an infection fatality ratio of 1.71%.

The estimated infection fatality rate for seasonal influenza is 0.8%, so the only people for whom SARS-CoV-2 infection is more dangerous than influenza are those over the age of 60.

Everyone else has a lower risk of dying from COVID-19 than they have of dying from the flu.

After six months of intermittent or in some cases near-continuous lockdowns, many have reached their limit and uprisings are finally emerging around the world. The last week of August 2020 saw gatherings of tens of thousands of individuals in Berlin, London and Dublin, protesting stay-at-home orders, business closures, mask and vaccine mandates and Bill Gates’ dictatorial grip on public health matters.

In the U.S., a protest took place August 30, 2020, in Boston, Massachusetts, against a new student flu vaccination mandate, and in Virginia, protesters gathered September 2 in opposition of unconstitutional COVID-19 mandates.

These are just a few of the many demonstrations that have taken place in recent weeks around the world, as people are starting to realize their human rights are being stripped away over a virus with a lethality on par with that of seasonal influenza and other pandemic viruses, none of which was responded to with a global shutdown of economies and forced quarantining of healthy individuals.



Related: An International Group of Lawyers Have Brought a Lawsuit that the Covid Pandemic Is an Orchestrated Hoax in Behalf of Pharmaceutical Profits and Police State Control


COVID-19 - A Massive Brainwashing Scheme?

In recent weeks and months, more and more experts have come out sharing what they know about the roles of Big Tech, Big Pharma and global health organizations such as the World Health Organization in the creation of a new technocratic world order.

If you missed my interview with financial analyst Patrick Wood, in which he details the technocratic take-over plan, which has been in play for decades, be sure to review it now.

Other articles shedding light on what’s happening behind the scenes include “Harvard Professor Exposes Google and Facebook,” featuring a documentary with professor Shoshana Zuboff, and “Plandemic Part 2.”

When you start to put all the puzzle pieces together, it seems clear this pandemic is being used as a cover story for both a global wealth redistribution scheme, and for the implementation of a technocratic system of totalitarian rule by unelected leaders.

The WHO seems to be part and parcel of this global network. While the U.S. has severed ties with the organization, Big Tech is still promoting the WHO as a final arbiter of which views are acceptable and which are not - medical expertise and scientific achievements be damned.

As reported by Reclaim the Net, the WHO eavesdrops on everything you do online, from reviewing your social media interactions to analyzing your emotions.




Did Bill Gates & World Economic Forum Predict Coronavirus Outbreak?

In this report we take an inside look at Event 201, which took place in NYC on October 18 2019. Event 201 is a high-level pandemic exercise hosted by the Johns Hopkins Center for Health Security in partnership with the World Economic Forum and the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation.

This is extremely fascinating because this pandemic simulation exercise of coronavirus took place about 6 weeks before the first illness from the coronavirus was actually reported in wuhan china
...





Related Articles:

"The True Horrors of China's Social Credit System"

Human 2.0"? A Wake-Up Call To The World

This is going to happen in the coming months

Communism is ‘knocking on the door’: Alan Jones

The END GAME of this Entire 'EVENT' - Lasted One Day on YouTube

Operation Lockstep by Rockefeller. Conspiracy to use a pandemic to consolidate power. Covid19





To counteract “spread of misleading information” about the pandemic - which was a key area of focus during Event 201 - the WHO has partnered with an analytics company that uses machine learning analysis to scan more than 1.6 million social media posts per week.

The aim of this “social listening approach” - a nicer term than good old-fashioned spying - is to counteract anything that doesn’t align with the WHO’s current narrative on illnesses, treatments, interventions and causes of disease.

Aiding them in this dystopian censoring process is the United Nations, which has launched an army of 10,000 digital volunteers who troll the internet for “false” information and opposing views.

On top of that, most social media platforms have their own highly biased "fact-checkers" who censor for all they’re worth.

Back in April 2020, YouTube CEO Susan Wojcicki, wife of Google product director Dennis Troper, announced they would ban and remove any video from the platform that contradicts the WHO.

Countless examples of wanton censorship of perfectly valid medical and scientific information across all social media platforms and Google can be found at this point.



Related: Sweden Close To Victory Over Coronavirus; Never Had A Lockdown Or Mask Mandate


Just How Deadly Is COVID-19?

According to groundbreaking data recently released by the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, only 6% of the total COVID-19-related deaths in the U.S. had COVID-19 listed as the sole cause of death on the death certificate.

Six percent of 169,044 (the total death toll as of September 2) is 10,143. “For deaths with conditions or causes in addition to COVID-19, on average, there were 2.6 additional conditions or causes per death,” the CDC states.

As reported by Rochester First, the top underlying medical conditions included influenza, pneumonia, respiratory failure, high blood pressure, diabetes, dementia, heart problems and renal failure.

However, the list also includes 5,424 intentional and unintentional injury and poisoning deaths, so basically, accidents and suicides in which the individual just happened to test positive (or was suspected of being positive for SARS-CoV-2) are also included in the grand total.

(Please note, these data were accurate as of this writing. The CDC does not notate when data is altered as new death certificates come in, so the numbers may therefore be different from what is reported here, depending on when you’re looking at it. For the most up-to-date figures, see the CDC’s website.)

The fact that only 6% of COVID-19-related deaths are directly attributable to SARS-CoV-2 is bad news when you’re trying to keep a doomsday narrative going.

In what appears to be a blatant attempt to minimize exposure of these data, social media platforms have censored many trying to share it.

As noted by independent news commentator Tim Pool in the video below, fact-checkers are digging into nitpicky semantics in their effort to censor the CDC data, and in so doing, they’re really stretching the “false” claim ultrathin.




CDC Updates COVID Stats, 6% Died Of COVID Alone, 94% Had Comorbidity, Twitter Is Censoring This





Related Articles:

Lies, Damned Lies and Health Statistics – The Deadly Danger of False Positives

What is Covid-19, SARS-2. How is it Tested? How is It Measured? The Fear Campaign Has No Scientific Basis

Chief Science Officer for Pfizer Says “Second Wave” Faked on False-Positive COVID Tests, “Pandemic Is Over”

The Covid Deception

The State’s Response to this ‘Virus’ Is Nothing More than a Weapon of Mass Submission

Is a New Wave of Covid-Fascism Invading Europe?

New CDC Estimates: Fatality Rate For COVID-19 Drops Again And May Surprise You

Coronavirus could turn into a seasonal virus, but it will keep spreading until the population achieves herd immunity, say experts

The CDC’s official narrative continues to flip flop, but anyone who disagrees with their ever-changing guidance is censored

Based on latest CDC data, the Wuhan coronavirus poses virtually no death risk whatsoever for people under the age of 50

Were doctors free to prescribe Hydroxychloroquine, 'we wouldn't need the lockdowns'

Chief Science Officer for Pfizer Says “Second Wave” Faked on False-Positive COVID Tests, “Pandemic Is Over”
Microchip'd? DARPA Biochip To "Save" Us From COVID Can Control Human DNA

OBEY OR ELSE: New England Journal of Medicine says people refusing mandatory coronavirus vaccines should be severely punished, locked in their homes and fired from their jobs

The Perversion of Science to Clear the Way for the Imposition of Compulsory Vaccines

Michael Thau explains in layman’s words why more than 90% of Covid tests are false positives





Similar data have emerged from Palm Beach County, Florida, where an investigation by CBS 1212 I-Team revealed only 86 of the reported 658 COVID-19 deaths had “COVID-19 pneumonia” listed as the sole cause of death.

All others had multiple comorbidities, including diabetes, cardiovascular diseases and dementia. As noted by CBS, “Most Palm Beach County COVID deaths cannot be attributed to COVID alone.”

While Dr. Terry Adirim, senior associate dean at the Florida Atlantic University College of Medicine, told the I-Team that “it makes sense to count them [people with comorbid conditions] toward COVID deaths because the virus may have made an otherwise nonfatal illness like a heart condition deadly,” the converse argument can also be made.

Had it not been for them having one or more serious comorbidities, the risk of the virus to these individuals would have been minuscule, and if they got sick at all, they’d probably have survived. So, ultimately, should the virus bear the brunt of the blame?



Related: The Full Fauci Timeline: Sorting Fact From Fiction & Hydroxychloroquine: A Cardiologist's View + Trump Admits To Taking Hydroxychloroquine With Zinc As Preventative Measure


Infection Fatality Rate on Par With the Flu

Keeping the “killer virus” narrative going much longer is probably going to become even more difficult in light of a September 2, 2020 article in Annals of Internal Medicine, which points out that:


"Because many cases of coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19) are asymptomatic, generalizable data on the true number of persons infected are lacking, and that when calculating mortality rates from confirmed cases, you end up overestimating the infection fatality ratio (IFR).”

The paper reads, in part:


"To calculate a true infection fatality ratio, population prevalence data are needed from large geographic areas where reliable death data also exist … We combined prevalence estimates from a statewide random sample with Indiana vital statistics data of confirmed COVID-19 deaths.

In brief, our stratified random sample consisted of state residents aged 12 years and older. Known decedents and incarcerated persons were excluded. Because nursing homes were limiting residents' ability to leave and re-enter the facilities, their participation was unlikely.

Participants were tested from 25 April to 29 April 2020 for active viral infection and SARS-CoV-2 antibodies, which would indicate prior infection … We calculated the IFR by age, race, sex, and ethnicity on the basis of the cumulative number of confirmed COVID-19 deaths as of 29 April 2020, divided by the number of infections.

Although nursing home residents were not tested, they represented 54.9% of Indiana's deaths. Thus, we excluded nursing home residents from all calculations (that is, deaths and infections).

To account for all infections, we added the number of patients hospitalized with COVID-19 during the testing period and noninstitutionalized COVID-19 deaths into the denominator…

Our random-sample study estimated 187 802 cumulative infections, to which 180 hospitalizations were added. The average age among all COVID-19 decedents was 76.9 years.

The overall noninstitutionalized infection fatality ratio was 0.26% … Persons younger than 40 years had an infection fatality ratio of 0.01%; those aged 60 or older had an infection fatality ratio of 1.71%. Whites had an infection fatality ratio of 0.18%; non-Whites had an infection fatality ratio of 0.59%.”

The estimated infection fatality rate for seasonal influenza listed in this paper is 0.8%. So, the only people for whom SARS-CoV-2 infection is more dangerous than influenza is those over the age of 60.

All others have a lower risk of dying from COVID-19 than they have of dying from the flu. Put another way, if you’re under the age of 60, your chances of dying from the flu is greater than your chance of dying from COVID-19.

White House coronavirus task force coordinator Dr. Deborah Birx also confirmed this far lower than typically reported mortality rate when she, in mid-August 2020, stated that it:


"Becomes more and more difficult” to get people to comply with mask rules “when people start to realize that 99% of us are going to be fine.”



Related: Seven Mind Control Techniques Used to Stop You from Exposing Covid1984


Expect Massive Propaganda Campaign to Boost Vaccine Uptake

With death rates being as low as they are for everyone under the age of 60, it really weakens the rationale for vaccinating the entire world, including newborns, the risk to whom the virus poses is virtually nil.

The vaccine looking increasingly unnecessary is likely a reason for why the U.S. government is planning to launch an “overwhelming” COVID-19 vaccine campaign this fall, using carefully researched messages.

As detailed in “Health and Autonomy in the 21st Century,” Yale University has conducted a trial to determine the type of message that will maximize acceptance and uptake of the COVID-19 vaccine.

Messaging slants evaluated in the investigation included:

Personal freedom message - A message about how COVID-19 is limiting people's personal freedom and how working together to get enough people vaccinated can preserve society’s personal freedoms.

Economic freedom message - A message about how COVID-19 is limiting people's economic freedom and how, by working together to get enough people vaccinated, society can preserve its economic freedom.

Self-interest message - A message that COVID-19 presents a real danger to one's health, even if one is young and healthy, with the idea being that getting vaccinated against COVID-19 is the best way to prevent oneself from getting sick.

Community interest message - A message about the dangers of COVID-19 to the health of loved ones. The idea to promote is that the more people who get vaccinated against COVID-19, the lower the risk that one's loved ones will get sick. The idea: Society must work together and all get vaccinated.

Economic benefit message - A message about how COVID-19 is wreaking havoc on the economy and the only way to strengthen the economy is to work together to get enough people vaccinated.

Guilt message - This message is about the danger that COVID-19 presents to the health of one's family and community, with the idea that the best way to protect them is by getting vaccinated, and that society must work together to get enough people vaccinated. Then it asks the participant to imagine the guilt they will feel if they don't get vaccinated and spread the disease.

Embarrassment message - This message is about the danger that COVID-19 presents to the health of one's family and community. The idea to promote is that the best way to protect them is by getting vaccinated and by working together to make sure enough people get vaccinated. Then it asks the participant to imagine the embarrassment they will feel if they don't get vaccinated and subsequently spread the disease.

Anger message - This message is about the danger that COVID-19 presents to the health of one's family and community. The sales idea is that the best way to protect them is by getting vaccinated and by working together to make sure that enough people get vaccinated. It then asks the participant to imagine the anger they will feel if they don't get vaccinated and spread the disease.

Trust in science message - A message about how getting vaccinated against COVID-19 is the most effective way of protecting one's community. It promotes the idea that vaccination is backed by science, and that anyone who doesn't get vaccinated doesn't understand how infections are spread or who ignores science.

Not bravery message - A message which describes how firefighters, doctors and front line medical workers are brave, and infers that those who choose not to get vaccinated against COVID-19 are not brave.

The study, which was completed July 8, 2020, also sought to determine:

Participant’s confidence in the safety and effectiveness of the vaccine after hearing the message in question

Participant’s willingness to persuade others to get vaccinated

Their fear of those who have not been vaccinated

The social judgment of those who choose not to vaccinate





Related: Bill Gates, HR6666, Remdesivir, Deaths In Italy + Trump Lays Groundwork To Ban Mandatory Vaccinations Across U.S.


Prosocial Pressure Tactics Work Best

Harvard Business School in collaboration with the Sloan School of Management, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, have also published a working paper comparing self-interested versus prosocial motivations for COVID-19 prevention behaviors.

Considering the messages we’ve been bombarded with over the past few months - calling people who don’t wear masks “grandma killers” and so on - it seems clear that results from these kinds of investigations have been capitalized on.


"Those who can make you believe absurdities can make you commit atrocities."

- Voltaire

In that paper, “Don’t Get It or Don’t Spread It?” the authors review studies in which various types of messages were compared - messages highlighting the threat to self, versus the threat you might pose to others.




Rothschilds Patented COVID-19 Biometric Tests in 2015 and 2017


It’s not disputable, since the information comes from official patent registries in the Netherlands and US. And we have all the documentation.

As we’ve shown in previous exposes, the whole Covidiocracy is a masquerade and a simulation long prepared by The World Bank / IMF / The Rothschilds and their lemmings, with Rockefeller partnership. Our newest discoveries further these previous revelations.

Related Articles:

Dr. Rashid Buttar Investigates Patents for CoronaVirus AND the Vaccine for it

Covid Vaccine Patent Warned of Covid Vaccine Patent Warned of Deliberate Coronavirus Release

FDA Rules Forbid Emergency Vaccines Unless No Viable Treatment (e.g. HCQ) Is Available. Is This the Trump Card Against the Deep State?

Doctors Pen Open Letter To Fauci Regarding The Use Of Hydroxychloroquine for Treating COVID-19

A New Study Emerges About Vitamin C, Viral Infections & COVID-19

The jury is in on Hydroxychloroquine – ‘it saves lives’: Rowan Dean

Ivermectin treatment is a ‘real killer of coronavirus’: Professor

The war on Hydroxychloroquine can be traced back to Gilead, the drug maker looking to profit big from Remdesivir

Vaccine Study Halted Over "Serious Adverse Side Effects" PLUS: Sweden Falls Below U.S. C0VID Death Rate

AstraZeneca Shares Plunge As COVID Vaccine Study Put On Hold Due To "Adverse Reaction"

Fauci: I’m ‘Taking Vitamin D Supplements’ to Help Prevent COVID, ‘A Gram’ of Vitamin C ‘Would Be Fine’

Why Are Moderna Executives Dumping Their Stock?

Suddenly, Bill Gates isn’t so sure the FDA can be trusted with a COVID-19 vaccine

How CDC/WHO will fake the effects of the COVID vaccine to make it look like a success

Exposed: There’s a new federal court to handle all the expected COVID vaccine-injury claims

Young doctor explains why he’s against forced COVID-19 vaccine

COVID-19 testing in Australia - information for health professionals

COVID-19 treatment underway in Florida has near-perfect success rate

The Truth Behind The COVID Pandemic & Trump’s ‘Operation Warp Speed’



Overall, prosocial messages, i.e., messages that stress the importance of complying with prevention behaviors in order to protect others fared the best.

According to the authors:


"These results reveal that prosocial framing was more effective than self-interested framing, suggesting a potential primacy of prosocial motivations in supporting prevention intentions …

First, prosocial framing may have been relatively more effective not because prosocial motivations do more to drive prevention intentions, but rather because people believe that COVID-19 poses a greater threat to society than to themselves.

Indeed, subjects in Studies 1-2 did on average report that coronavirus posed a larger public than personal threat.

However, we find that the advantage of the Public treatment (relative to the Personal treatment) was not significantly moderated by ‘threat difference scores’ (i.e., differences between the reported personal vs. public threat of coronavirus), or significantly smaller among subjects who reported the personal threat of coronavirus to be as large or larger than the public threat …

Thus, we find evidence that the relative effectiveness of the Public treatment was not unique to subjects who saw COVID-19 as more threatening to society than to themselves.

A second possibility is that prosocial framing (which encourages people to avoid spreading coronavirus) was more effective than self-interested framing (which encourages people to avoid getting coronavirus) because people feel relatively more empowered to avoid spreading the virus.”





"I Am The Target": Silenced Chinese Virologist Tells Tucker COVID-19 Intentionally Released, CCP Trying To 'Disappear' Her





Related Articles:

Twitter Bans Account of Chinese Virologist Who Claims the CCP Virus Was Created in Lab

"I Am The Target": Silenced Chinese Virologist Tells Tucker COVID-19 Intentionally Released, CCP Trying To 'Disappear' Her

Chinese Virologist Claims She Will Be Publishing Evidence Proving COVID-19 Is Manmade

'Rogue' Chinese Virologist Claims She Has "Evidence" COVID-19 Was Created In A Lab

Coronavirus was made in a Chinese lab and released ‘intentionally’: Whistleblower virologist

Twitter Suspends Virologist Account For Virus Origin; China Targets Pompeo as the Number One Enemy

BIOWARFARE: Chinese communists “intentionally” unleashed “Frankenstein” COVID-19, says Wuhan scientist

Indian biological weapons expert says covid-19 is “bioterrorism”

Where Did Covid-19 Come From?



Stop Believing in the Lockdown

A powerful essay in the American Institute for Economic Research asks the question: Is the lockdown the best way to minimize casualties in this pandemic? 

Using historical examples beginning with Voltaire’s words, “those who can make you believe absurdities, can make you commit atrocities,” the author reasons that lockdowns are not going to save the world from COVID-19, if for no other reason than whenever lockdowns are eased, infections naturally start to creep back up.

However, the vast majority of these “infections” or “cases” are asymptomatic. A rising “case” load does not mean people are actually getting sick and dying. The misuse of the medical term “case” is an egregious one, as historically, a “case” is defined as someone who has symptoms of a particular disease - someone who is actually sick.

Never in medical history has a “case” meant someone who is perfectly healthy and requires testing to determine whether they are infected with a particular pathogen.

Would you get tested for the common cold or influenza if you had no symptoms?


If the test happened to come back positive, would you with a straight face say you “have” a cold or the flu?

There are other myths, mostly scare tactics, that people are willingly believing that need to be stopped now, too, the author asserts - and it’s time to start questioning what is credulous and what is not. I encourage you to read that essay in its totality.



Related: Michael J. Burry (The Weird Genius In The Movie “The Big Short”): “End The Lockdown” & Bill Gates Calls For A “Digital Certificate” To Identify Who Received COVID-19 Vaccine + AG Barr ‘Very Concerned’ Over Bill Gates’ ‘Digital Vaccine Certificates,’ Calls Lockdown Measures ‘Draconian,’ Wants Gone By May


The Fatal Attraction of Techno-Fascism

Another article well worth reading is Mark Petrakis’ “The Fatal Attraction of Techno-Fascism.” This one also starts off with an excellent quote by Cato the Elder: “Those who are serious in ridiculous matters will be ridiculous in serious matters.”

One of the first points he makes is that fascism is attractive because:


"… it requires so little from us, so little independent thought; just our basic belief and adherence to a limited set of popularly-shared directives and narratives that once fully accepted, relieve us of the need to address stubborn questions or to fret over subtle differences of opinion and feeling.

Propaganda reassures us that we are complete, that we know all there is to know, that we are rational, pragmatic and pure, that the science has been settled and that we are a part of something special.”

Petrakis goes on to discuss why propaganda and disinformation is required in order to maintain control in a fascist regime, and how truth is a liability that must be disallowed and penalized.

In the end, the price we pay for this kind of intellectual laziness is “soul-crushing denial and disconnection.”

No one who has been paying attention this past year in particular can have missed that propaganda is in full swing, 24/7, and that both truthful facts and personal opinions that run counter to the established propaganda narrative are being censored and penalized in equal measure.



Related: COVID-19 Lockdown: A Global Human Experiment & Ten Years Ago The World Health Organisation Faked A Pandemic

When it comes to COVID-19, the propaganda is so pervasive and widespread that it has actually shattered what Petrakis refers to as “the grandest illusion of all” that “must be maintained at all costs,” namely the appearance that the propaganda messages are randomly generated.

“It must always appear that the media’s coverage and the comments of experts are entirely free from any preconceived manipulation,” he says.

Today, there is little doubt that the narrative we see is anything but free from bias. There’s little doubt that what we’re told is “weaponized storytelling,” to quote Petrakis yet again.


"Looking at our world, we can see that the reach and authority of the transnational global capitalists who run the world’s nation-sized casinos has been cemented.

All systems are now in place, up and running LIVE on that criminal syndicate’s vast web of networks. Each one of us has by now been targeted by them for some form of surveillance and financialization …

The ‘A.I. control grids’ are all active and expanding. The technocratic agendas are now fully ready for prime-time.

We have been gradually ‘shepherded’ by propaganda and psychological torture techniques … under the ‘persistent’ control of A.I., which will guide the process of transmuting us into commodities, into plunderable assets, into digitally-regulated and genetically modified ‘livestock.’

Sadly, this is where decades of constant acquiescence to propaganda and institutional hypnosis has brought us …”

Ultimately, the economic system known as technocracy is tailor-made for the transhumanist revolution - which I touch upon in “Will New COVID Vaccine Make You Transhuman?” - where man is merged with technology and AI.

As always, the lure will be greater convenience, self-improvement and “a better world for all.”

What’s never mentioned is the ultimate price. The price for all of it is complete subjugation to faceless leaders who profit from your every move, and therefore will dictate all of them.



Related: COVID-19 And The War On Cash: What Is Behind The Push For A Cashless Society? & Will COVID-19 Break Our Cash Habit?


COVID-19 Rules Mark ‘Hysterical Slide Into Police State’

I’ll end this with some observations by British Supreme Court judge Lord Sumption, who in a March 30, 2020, interview with The Post warned that COVID-19 rules are paving the way for despotism - the exercise of absolute power in a cruel and oppressive manner.


"The real problem is that when human societies lose their freedom, it’s not usually because tyrants have taken it away. It’s usually because people willingly surrender their freedom in return for protection against some external threat.

And the threat is usually a real threat but usually exaggerated.

That’s what I fear we are seeing now. The pressure on politicians has come from the public. They want action. They don’t pause to ask whether the action will work. They don’t ask themselves whether the cost will be worth paying. They want action anyway.

And anyone who has studied history will recognize here the classic symptoms of collective hysteria.

Hysteria is infectious. We are working ourselves up into a lather in which we exaggerate the threat and stop asking ourselves whether the cure may be worse than the disease.”

It is time to ask ourselves some very pressing questions. Is it reasonable to expect government to eliminate ALL infection and ALL death?

They’ve proven they cannot, yet we keep relinquishing more and more freedoms and liberties because they claim doing so will keep everyone safer. It’s an enticing lie, but a lie nonetheless.

Remember, they sold us on the business shutdowns and home quarantining by saying we just need to flatten the curve of infection to avoid hospital overcrowding.



Related: #TheStorm - How To Prepare For A Global Corruption Purge?

Now the curve is in a visible nosedive and hospitals are far from overcrowded with COVID-19 patients, yet lockdowns remain in many areas and some - Australia being a prime example - have reached astonishing new heights. 

Sooner or later everyone must decide which is more important: Personal liberty or false security?

Circling back to where I started, the good news is that many are in fact starting to see the writing on the wall; they’re starting to see we’ve been “had,” and are starting to choose liberty over brutal totalitarianism in the name of public health.


Related Articles:

Over 6000 Scientists, Doctors Sign Anti-lockdown Petition

The Covid-19 Numbers Game: The “Second Wave” is Based on Fake Statistics

"Let Me Explain What Happens Next..." - A Reader Sums It All Up Very Ominously

UK’s Chief Scientific Adviser A Major Shareholder in Vaccine Maker Contracted by Govt


COVID-19 Survival Rates Have Many Scientists/Doctors Questioning Masks & Lockdown


26% would refuse Covid vaccination

Trump Has Developed CCP Virus Antibodies: White House Doctor

Clinical trials show Hydroxychloroquine is 'safe' with no reported toxicity

Potential coronavirus treatments are being 'patronisingly dismissed'

Leighton Smith Podcast Episode 78

The Antidote To COVID-1984 is Magna Carta 2020

Masks Don't Work - Dr. Ted Noel

Maria Te Kura speaks out about her experience in quarantine

Australia: Authorities Give Themselves Power to Remove Children From Parents to Ensure COVID Compliance

Federal Judge: ‘There Is NO Pandemic Exception To The Constitution’ – Then Why Are Americans Going Along With It?

Minnesota doctor blasts 'ridiculous' CDC coronavirus death count guidelines

‘This country is a mess’: Alan Jones

What is the WHO?

How to Deal With Vaccine Deniers

If Bill Gates Was President...

"The Precautionary Principle Paradox"

The Truth About Social Distancing

How Dr. Fraudci Has Run This Same Billion Dollar Scam Decades Ago And Is Getting Away With It Again

You Can Stick Your New World Order Normal Up Your A$$

“We Have a Lot of Evidence that It’s a Fake Story All Over the World” – German Doctors on COVID-19

A Huge Number of Medical Doctors Ask for a Reassessment of the Corona Measures

Open Letter from Medical Doctors and Health Professionals to All Belgian Authorities and All Belgian Media

Ireland: ‘Draconian’ Restrictions Around COVID-19 Condemned by Health Service Executive Doctor

COVID Deception

Top COVID Response Official Says Anti-Trump ‘Resistance Unit’ of Scientists Embedded in CDC

Why Lockdowns Are the Wrong Policy. Sweden’s Covid-19 Strategy

Virtual School Dangers: The Hazards of “Police State Education” During COVID-19

Children’s Health Defense and RFK Jr. release “message of unity” video calling for health freedom advocates to #StandFirm against vaccine mandates

Real Pandemics Don't Require This: Positive Tests ARE NOT "New Cases"

The PCR Tests Have Been Used to Create a 'Casedemic;' (Mirrored from 21st CenturyWireTV)

Will a surge in coronavirus infections lead to a similar surge in deaths? The intriguing evidence from Sweden and US that suggests not necessarily

Prof. Emeritus of Immunology, Beda M. Stadler: The Panic-Inducing "New Infections" Lie

Ep91 Emeritus Professor of Immunology...Reveals Crucial Viral Immunity Reality

Exposing Moderna; the Star of Plandemic: Indoctornation Reveals the Truth

Pathogenic mycoplasma

The London Times Smallpox Vaccine Triggered AIDS Virus

COVID is a data-driven operation, but suppose the data are wrong?

Melbourne Police Surround & Arrest 2 Elderly Women Resting On Park Bench For 'COVID Violation'

In Stunning Reversal, CDC Says It Published New Guidance On Risks Of 'Airborne' COVID-19 "In Error"

"No Medical Justification For Emergency Measures" - Open Letter From 100s Of Doctors, Health Pros Urges End To Lockdowns

Health Ranger releases new video: How to rapidly make herbal medicine and natural antibiotics using an ultrasonic cleaner

US Public Officials Are Total Dumbshits


Open Letter from Medical Doctors and Health Professionals to All Belgian Authorities and All Belgian Media

Coronavirus: Crushing and Silencing Doctors of Conscience

The Pandemic That Never Was

Australian police can kidnap people for medical reasons and remove anything “including underwear” to forcefully administer vaccines

Gates, Kissinger and Our Dystopian Future. The Political Side of Covid

Assaulting Science in the Name of Science: Exploring the Coronavirus Crisis of 2020

Resisting Corona “New Normal” Oppression: Every Civil Rights Movement Begins with a Shunned 5%

Dr Northrup - What We Know About The COVID Vaccine

Latest Report Shows Total COVID Deaths Include Cases Where COVID Is NOT Listed on Death Certificates

Ultimate Proof: Covid-19 Was Planned to Usher in the New World Order


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Origins Of Political Correctness
October 9 2020 | From: Academia / Various

Where does all this stuff that you’ve heard about this morning – the victim feminism, the gay rights movement, the invented statistics, the rewritten history, the lies, the demands, all the rest of it – where does it come from?



For the first time in our history, westerners have to be fearful of what they say, of what they write, and of what they think. They have to be afraid of using the wrong word, a word denounced as offensive or insensitive, or racist, sexist, or homophobic

Related: Academic Warns: Young People’s Ignorance Of Socialism Risks “Absolute Catastrophe” & Goodbye To The
Internet: Interference By Governments Is Already Here


We have seen other countries, particularly in this century, where this has been the case. And we have always regarded them with a mixture of pity, and to be truthful, some amusement, because it has struck us as so strange that people would allow a situation to develop where they would be afraid of what words they used.

But we now have this situation in this country. We have it primarily on college campuses, but it is spreading throughout the whole society. Were does it come from? What is it?

We call it “Political Correctness.” The name originated as something of a joke, literally in a comic strip, and we tend still to think of it as only half-serious. In fact, it’s deadly serious.

It is the great disease of our century, the disease that has left tens of millions of people dead in Europe, in Russia, in China, indeed around the world. It is the disease of ideology. PC is not funny. PC is deadly serious.



Related: John Lennon’s Son Slams “Pathetic” Political Correctness

If we look at it analytically, if we look at it historically, we quickly find out exactly what it is. Political Correctness is cultural Marxism. It is Marxism translated from economic into cultural terms.

It is an effort that goes back not to the 1960s and the hippies and the peace movement, but back to World War I. If we compare the basic tenets of Political Correctness with classical Marxism the parallels are very obvious.

First of all, both are totalitarian ideologies.

The totalitarian nature of Political Correctness is revealed nowhere more clearly than on college campuses, many of which at this point are small ivy covered North Koreas, where the student or faculty member who dares to cross any of the lines set up by the gender feminist or the homosexual-rights activists, or the local black or Hispanic group, or any of the other sainted “victims” groups that PC revolves around, quickly find themselves in judicial trouble.

Within the small legal system of the college, they face formal charges – some star-chamber proceeding – and punishment. That is a little look into the future that Political Correctness intends for the nation as a whole.

Indeed, all ideologies are totalitarian because the essence of an ideology (I would note that conservatism correctly understood is not an ideology) is to take some philosophy and say on the basis of this philosophy certain things must be true – such as the whole of the history of our culture is the history of the oppression of women.



Related: Feminism Has Ruined Women and Damaged Men

Since reality contradicts that, reality must be forbidden. It must become forbidden to acknowledge the reality of our history.

People must be forced to live a lie, and since people are naturally reluctant to live a lie, they naturally use their ears and eyes to look out and say, “Wait a minute. This isn’t true. I can see it isn’t true,” the power of the state must be put behind the demand to live a lie.

That is why ideology invariably creates a totalitarian state.

Second, the cultural Marxism of Political Correctness, like economic Marxism, has a single factor explanation of history. Economic Marxism says that all of history is determined by ownership of means of production.

Cultural Marxism, or Political Correctness, says that all history is determined by power, by which groups defined in terms of race, sex, etc., have power over which other groups. Nothing else matters. All literature, indeed, is about that. Everything in the past is about that one thing.

Third, just as in classical economic Marxism certain groups, i.e. workers and peasants, are a priori good, and other groups, i.e., the bourgeoisie and capital owners, are evil. In the cultural Marxism of Political Correctness certain groups are good – feminist women, (only feminist women, non-feminist women are deemed not to exist) blacks, Hispanics, homosexuals.

These groups are determined to be “victims,” and therefore automatically good regardless of what any of them do. Similarly, white males are determined automatically to be evil, thereby becoming the equivalent of the bourgeoisie in economic Marxism.



Related: Political Correctness Is Really Just Herd Psychology Pushed By Insecure People Who Desperately Seek
Social Conformity

Fourth, both economic and cultural Marxism rely on expropriation. When the classical Marxists, the communists, took over a country like Russia, they expropriated the bourgeoisie, they took away their property. Similarly, when the cultural Marxists take over a university campus, they expropriate through things like quotas for admissions.

When a white student with superior qualifications is denied admittance to a college in favor of a black or Hispanic who isn’t as well qualified, the white student is expropriated. And indeed, affirmative action, in our whole society today, is a system of expropriation.

White owned companies don’t get a contract because the contract is reserved for a company owned by, say, Hispanics or women. So expropriation is a principle tool for both forms of Marxism.

And finally, both have a method of analysis that automatically gives the answers they want. For the classical Marxist, it’s Marxist economics. For the cultural Marxist, it’s deconstruction.

Deconstruction essentially takes any text, removes all meaning from it and re-inserts any meaning desired. So we find, for example, that all of Shakespeare is about the suppression of women, or the Bible is really about race and gender.

All of these texts simply become grist for the mill, which proves that “all history is about which groups have power over which other groups.”

So the parallels are very evident between the classical Marxism that we’re familiar with in the old Soviet Union and the cultural Marxism that we see today as Political Correctness.



Related: Vladimir Putin Slams ‘Obsolete Liberalism’

But the parallels are not accidents. The parallels did not come from nothing. The fact of the matter is that Political Correctness has a history, a history that is much longer than many people are aware of outside a small group of academics who have studied this.

And the history goes back, as I said, to World War I, as do so many of the pathologies that are today bringing our society, and indeed our culture, down.

Marxist theory said that when the general European war came (as it did come in Europe in 1914), the working class throughout Europe would rise up and overthrow their governments – the bourgeois governments – because the workers had more in common with each other across the national boundaries than they had in common with the bourgeoisie and the ruling class in their own country. Well, 1914 came and it didn’t happen.

Throughout Europe, workers rallied to their flag and happily marched off to fight each other. The Kaiser shook hands with the leaders of the Marxist Social Democratic Party in Germany and said there are no parties now, there are only Germans. And this happened in every country in Europe. So something was wrong.

Marxists knew by definition it couldn’t be the theory. In 1917, they finally got a Marxist coup in Russia and it looked like the theory was working, but it stalled again.



Related: Propaganda Techniques Of Empire + P.C. Language Control And The Rise Of The Third Reich

It didn’t spread and when attempts were made to spread immediately after the war, with the Spartacist uprising in Berlin, with the Bela Kun government in Hungary, with the Munich Soviet, the workers didn’t support them.

So the Marxists’ had a problem. And two Marxist theorists went to work on it: Antonio Gramsci in Italy and Georg Lukacs in Hungary.

Gramsci said the workers will never see their true class interests, as defined by Marxism, until they are freed from Western culture, and particularly from the Christian religion – that they are blinded by culture and religion to their true class interests.

Lukacs, who was considered the most brilliant Marxist theorist since Marx himself, said in 1919, “Who will save us from Western Civilization?” He also theorized that the great obstacle to the creation of a Marxist paradise was the culture: Western civilization itself.

Lukacs gets a chance to put his ideas into practice, because when the home grown Bolshevik Bela Kun government is established in Hungary in 1919, he becomes deputy commissar for culture, and the first thing he did was introduce sex education into the Hungarian schools.

This ensured that the workers would not support the Bela Kun government, because the Hungarian people looked at this aghast, workers as well as everyone else. But he had already made the connection that today many of us are still surprised by, that we would consider the “latest thing.”



Related: I Am Not Black, You Are Not White

In 1923 in Germany, a think-tank is established that takes on the role of translating Marxism from economic into cultural terms, that creates Political Correctness as we know it today, and essentially it has created the basis for it by the end of the 1930s.

This comes about because the very wealthy young son of a millionaire German trader by the name of Felix Weil has become a Marxist and has lots of money to spend. He is disturbed by the divisions among the Marxists, so he sponsors something called the First Marxist Work Week, where he brings Lukacs and many of the key German thinkers together for a week, working on the differences of Marxism.

And he says, “What we need is a think-tank.” Washington is full of think tanks and we think of them as very modern. In fact they go back quite a ways.

He endows an institute, associated with Frankfurt University, established in 1923, that was originally supposed to be known as the Institute for Marxism.

But the people behind it decided at the beginning that it was not to their advantage to be openly identified as Marxist. The last thing Political Correctness wants is for people to figure out it’s a form of Marxism. So instead they decide to name it the Institute for Social Research.

Weil is very clear about his goals. In 1917, he wrote to Martin Jay the author of a principle book on the Frankfurt School, as the Institute for Social Research soon becomes known informally, and he said, “I wanted the institute to become known, perhaps famous, due to its contributions to Marxism.”



Related: The World Economy Explained With Just Two Cows

Well, he was successful. The first director of the Institute, Carl Grunberg, an Austrian economist, concluded his opening address, according to Martin Jay, “by clearly stating his personal allegiance to Marxism as a scientific methodology.” Marxism, he said, would be the ruling principle at the Institute, and that never changed.

The initial work at the Institute was rather conventional, but in 1930 it acquired a new director named Max Horkheimer, and Horkheimer’s views were very different. He was very much a Marxist renegade. The people who create and form the Frankfurt School are renegade Marxists.

They’re still very much Marxist in their thinking, but they’re effectively run out of the party. Moscow looks at what they are doing and says, “Hey, this isn’t us, and we’re not going to bless this.”

Horkheimer’s initial heresy is that he is very interested in Freud, and the key to making the translation of Marxism from economic into cultural terms is essentially that he combined it with Freudism.

Again, Martin Jay writes:


“If it can be said that in the early years of its history, the Institute concerned itself primarily with an analysis of bourgeois society’s socio-economic sub-structure,” – and I point out that Jay is very sympathetic to the Frankfurt School, I’m not reading from a critic here – “in the years after 1930 its primary interests lay in its cultural superstructure.

Indeed the traditional Marxist formula regarding the relationship between the two was brought into question by Critical Theory.

The stuff we’ve been hearing about – the radical feminism, the women’s studies departments, the gay studies departments, the black studies departments – all these things are branches of Critical Theory.



Related: How The Frankfurt School Changed American / Western Culture

What the Frankfurt School essentially does is draw on both Marx and Freud in the 1930s to create this theory called Critical Theory. The term is ingenious because you’re tempted to ask, “What is the theory?” The theory is to criticize.

The theory is that the way to bring down Western culture and the capitalist order is not to lay down an alternative. They explicitly refuse to do that. They say it can’t be done, that we can’t imagine what a free society would look like (their definition of a free society).

As long as we’re living under repression – the repression of a capitalistic economic order which creates (in their theory) the Freudian condition, the conditions that Freud describes in individuals of repression – we can’t even imagine it.

What Critical Theory is about is simply criticizing. It calls for the most destructive criticism possible, in every possible way, designed to bring the current order down.

And, of course, when we hear from the feminists that the whole of society is just out to get women and so on, that kind of criticism is a derivative of Critical Theory. It is all coming from the 1930s, not the 1960s.

Other key members who join up around this time are Theodore Adorno, and, most importantly, Erich Fromm and Herbert Marcuse.



Related: New Study Shows Vast Majority Of Non-White Americans Reject Political Correctness

Fromm and Marcuse introduce an element which is central to Political Correctness, and that’s the sexual element. And particularly Marcuse, who in his own writings calls for a society of “polymorphous perversity,” that is his definition of the future of the world that they want to create.

Marcuse in particular by the 1930s is writing some very extreme stuff on the need for sexual liberation, but this runs through the whole Institute. So do most of the themes we see in Political Correctness, again in the early 30s. In Fromm’s view, masculinity and femininity were not reflections of ‘essential’ sexual differences, as the Romantics had thought.

They were derived instead from differences in life functions, which were in part socially determined. Sex is a construct; sexual differences are a construct.

Another example is the emphasis we now see on environmentalism.


“Materialism as far back as Hobbes had led to a manipulative dominating attitude toward nature.” That was Horkhemier writing in 1933 in Materialismus und Moral.

“The theme of man’s domination of nature,” according to Jay, ” was to become a central concern of the Frankfurt School in subsequent years.”

“Horkheimer’s antagonism to the fetishization of labor, (here’s were they’re obviously departing from Marxist orthodoxy) expressed another dimension of his materialism, the demand for human, sensual happiness.”

In one of his most trenchant essays, Egoism and the Movement for Emancipation, written in 1936, Horkeimer “discussed the hostility to personal gratification inherent in bourgeois culture.”

And he specifically referred to the Marquis de Sade, favorably, for his “protest…against asceticism in the name of a higher morality.”

How does all of this stuff flood in here? How does it flood into our universities, and indeed into our lives today?

The members of the Frankfurt School are Marxist, they are also, to a man, Jewish. In 1933 the Nazis came to power in Germany, and not surprisingly they shut down the Institute for Social Research. And its members fled.



KGB Defector Yuri Bezmenov's Warning to America

29 years ago, Soviet defector and KGB operative Yuri Bezmenov, specializing in the fields of Marxist-Leninist propaganda and ideological subversion; warned us about the silent war being waged against America as part of a long term plan to take over and destroy the American system and way of life.

Related: Governments: The Enemy Of Freedom & Globalists Interviewed: They Admitted They Controlled The Government

Watch this clip in amazement as you realize he is describing exactly what's happening in America today, where by Obama and his gang of Marxist usurpers [this part is historical, obviously] who now have control of your government are just the culmination of a very long term plan, but are the ones who are about to bring it into fruition.

Bezmenov was born in 1939 in Mytishchi, near Moscow to a high ranking Soviet Army officer. At the age of seventeen, he entered the Institute of Oriental Languages, a part of the Moscow State University which was under the direct control of the KGB and the Communist Central Committee. In addition to languages, he studied history, literature, and music, and became an expert on Indian culture.

During his second year, Bezmenov sought to look like a person from India; his teachers encouraged this because graduates of the school were employed as diplomats, foreign journalists, or spies.

As a Soviet student, he was also required to take compulsory military training in which he was taught how to play "strategic war games" using the maps of foreign countries, as well as how to interrogate prisoners of war
.










They fled to New York City, and the Institute was reestablished there in 1933 with help from Columbia University. And the members of the Institute, gradually through the 1930s, though many of them remained writing in German, shift their focus from Critical Theory about German society, destructive criticism about every aspect of that society, to Critical Theory directed toward American society.

There is another very important transition when the war comes. Some of them go to work for the government, including Herbert Marcuse, who became a key figure in the OSS (the predecessor to the CIA), and some, including Horkheimer and Adorno, move to Hollywood.

These origins of Political Correctness would probably not mean too much to us today except for two subsequent events. The first was the student rebellion in the mid-1960s, which was driven largely by resistance to the draft and the Vietnam War.

But the student rebels needed theory of some sort. They couldn’t just get out there and say, “Hell no we won’t go,” they had to have some theoretical explanation behind it. Very few of them were interested in wading through Das Kapital.

Classical, economic Marxism is not light, and most of the radicals of the 60s were not deep. Fortunately for them, and unfortunately for our country today, and not just in the university, Herbert Marcuse remained in America when the Frankfurt School relocated back to Frankfurt after the war.

And whereas Mr. Adorno in Germany is appalled by the student rebellion when it breaks out there – when the student rebels come into Adorno’s classroom, he calls the police and has them arrested – Herbert Marcuse, who remained here, saw the 60s student rebellion as the great chance.



Related: What Happens When You Rebel Against The Herd

He saw the opportunity to take the work of the Frankfurt School and make it the theory of the New Left in the United States.

One of Marcuse’s books was the key book. It virtually became the bible of the SDS and the student rebels of the 60s. That book was Eros and Civilization. Marcuse argues that under a capitalistic order (he downplays the Marxism very strongly here, it is subtitled, A Philosophical Inquiry into Freud, but the framework is Marxist), repression is the essence of that order and that gives us the person Freud describes – the person with all the hang-ups, the neuroses, because his sexual instincts are repressed.

We can envision a future, if we can only destroy this existing oppressive order, in which we liberate eros, we liberate libido, in which we have a world of “polymorphous perversity,” in which you can “do you own thing.” And by the way, in that world there will no longer be work, only play.

What a wonderful message for the radicals of the mid-60s! They’re students, they’re baby-boomers, and they’ve grown up never having to worry about anything except eventually having to get a job.

And here is a guy writing in a way they can easily follow. He doesn’t require them to read a lot of heavy Marxism and tells them everything they want to hear which is essentially, “Do your own thing,” “If it feels good do it,” and “You never have to go to work.”



Related: Is Psychiatry Bullshit? + Fourteen Lies That Our Psychiatry Professors Taught Us In Medical School

By the way, Marcuse is also the man who creates the phrase, “Make love, not war.”

Coming back to the situation people face on campus, Marcuse defines “liberating tolerance” as intolerance for anything coming from the Right and tolerance for anything coming from the Left. Marcuse joined the Frankfurt School, in 1932 (if I remember right). So, all of this goes back to the 1930s.

In conclusion, America [the West] today is in the throes of the greatest and direst transformation in its history. We are becoming an ideological state, a country with an official state ideology enforced by the power of the state.

In “hate crimes” we now have people serving jail sentences for political thoughts.

And the Congress is now moving to expand that category ever further. Affirmative action is part of it.

The terror against anyone who dissents from Political Correctness on campus is part of it. It’s exactly what we have seen happen in Russia, in Germany, in Italy, in China, and now it’s coming here.

And we don’t recognize it because we call it Political Correctness and laugh it off.

My message today is that it’s not funny, it’s here, it’s growing and it will eventually destroy, as it seeks to destroy, everything that we have ever defined as our freedom and our culture.


Related Articles:

Self-Determination Means Liberty

Finland: Christian MP Under Police Hate Crime Investigation After Posting Bible Verse

Students Prevented From Attending UK School Because They Refuse to Wear “Gender Neutral” Uniforms

No laughing matter: PC policing would make ‘Monty Python’ and other comedies ‘crimes’ today

5-Year-Old Autistic Boy Labeled “Sex Offender” For Hugging Classmate

Milk: The new symbol of racism in Donald Trump's America

Politically Incorrect 80s Flashback

Sweden Wants to Delete Ancient History from School Curriculum in the Name of Diversity and Migrants

Was this zoologist punished for telling school kids politically incorrect facts about polar bears?

Google Whistleblowers: Search Engine Penalizing All Sites That Don’t Conform To Political Correctness & Everything You Need To Know About Net Neutrality

Socialism: Thick Lipstick On A Global Pig

State Control: The Government Of Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern Is Shaping Up To Be One Of The Most
Controlling In New Zealand’sHistory


It’s Not Okay To Be White, Says New Zealand Government & Alert The Media: Racist America Myth Debunked

Rising Up Against The Oligarchs Does Not Equal Socialism


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Gene Roddenberry Based Star Trek On Secret US Navy Space Fleet
October 8 2020 | From: Exopolitics

September 8 marked the 51st anniversary of the creation of the Star Trek science fiction series that began in 1966. There is significant evidence that its creator, Gene Roddenberry, did not simply come up with the idea of Star Trek on his own.



Instead he was encouraged to create the series based on classified information surrounding the development of a secret U.S. Navy space fleet that would build a broad extraterrestrial alliance.

Related: Hidden Origins: Exposing Humanity's Ancient Secrets

This led Roddenberry to come up with the idea of a United Federation of Planets, with its military headquarters in San Francisco.

Roddenberry began developing ideas for a science fiction show after one of his series had bombed in 1964:


“The only reason Roddenberry created Star Trek, at least initially, was to sell another series to a network.  He was, if not desperate, anxious… He had just failed with The Lieutenant, for Norman Felton’s Arena Productions.

… No one was clamoring for another series from Roddenberry, or even his scripts. His agent suggested he come up with a space series…

This may have led to what The Outer Limits historians insist are the accurate - if generally unknown - accounts of Roddenberry hanging out at times on the set of The Outer Limits. When I learned this, it wasn’t hard to imagine that series creator, and executive producer, Leslie Stevens … was someone that Roddenberry may have sought to emulate."

This account is confirmed by Tom Seldon, one of the production assistants of The Outer Limits:


“Star Trek was in fact an outgrowth of The Outer Limits. Gene Roddenberry watched our dailies all the time and took a lot of phone calls from our screening room.

He was spurring his imagination and checking on the incredible quality control we had.

I wondered why he was there but he was there more often than not during the time he was coming up with Star Trek."



Related: Secret Space Program Disclosure: Founders Of Solar Warden SSP With William Tompkins

The following firmly suggests that Roddenberry and Stevens had reached a business arrangement for the planned sci-fi series, Star Trek:


“Bearing in mind that Roddenberry was contracted to a rival studio and a rival network, the odds are essentially slim to none that the two men didn’t have some kind of business arrangement, whether in writing or not."

If Stevens and Roddenberry had indeed developed a business arrangement for the new Star Trek series, this is where Stevens background becomes critical in understanding the nature of their arrangement. Stevens was the son of a U.S. Navy Vice Admiral Leslie Stevens who died in 1956.

Vice Admiral Stevens was a contemporary of Rear Admiral Rico Botta who according to a former aerospace engineer, William Tompkins, oversaw a covert Navy espionage program out of Nazi Germany to learn about Nazi flying saucers during World War II.



Related: Endgame: Disclosure, The Antarctic Atlantis And NEW Ancient Extra-Terrestrial Ruins

The 29 Navy spies in the program had not only learned that the Nazis had developed up to 30 different flying saucer prototypes, but were also being directly assisted by an extraterrestrial civilization comprising Reptilian hominoids in building secret bases in Antarctica.

Both Admirals Botta and Stevens were leading experts in aerospace engineering and headed top Navy aerospace facilities at various points during their careers. In 1946, both were retroactively promoted to the rank of Rear Admiral as of 1943, for their wartime duties.



Related: Gripping New Adventure As Space Program Insider Tours Mars Colony

Botta went on to head the Naval Air Material Center out of Philadelphia Shipyard from 1950 to 1952. It is from this and similar command assignments that plans began for a secret Navy space fleet aimed to counter what the Nazis had developed in Antarctica.

Similarly, Admiral Stevens was known for his accomplishments in aeronautics and is quoted as having “had a hand in the design or conception of all naval aircraft, aircraft carriers and carrier landing apparatus.” Admiral Stevens’ aeronautics expertise meant that he was almost certainly aware of what Botta had learned about Nazi aerospace projects.

It is more than likely that Admirals Botta and Stevens were the first to comprise a covert Navy leadership group that would oversee the development of a U.S. Navy space fleet based on modern aircraft carrier battle groups that would in time join an interplanetary alliance.



Related: Current UFO Disclosures And The Incredible Edible New York Times

This is precisely what Tompkins says he was asked to do at the Douglas Aircraft Company on behalf of the Navy from 1952 to 1963. Tompkins says that he was covertly assisted by Nordic extraterrestrials while he was helping design kilometers-long spacecraft for future U.S. Navy space battle groups. In interviews, Tompkins has revealed that Nordic extraterrestrials were working directly with senior officers within the U.S. Navy.

Admiral Stevens went on to occupy important positions with the national security council system, including the Psychological Strategy Board where he became Director. 

Formally established in 1951 by President Truman, it is one of the interagency boards that was set up to disinform the general public about the reality of flying saucers, while secretly gathering information about what other nations were doing in response to the phenomenon.



Related: Siemens Implicated In Tracking Forced Labour & Slaves In Space

William Tompkins confirmed, in a private phone call on August 24, that Admiral Stevens was aware of what the Navy had learned about Nazi Germany’s flying saucer programs.

He further confirmed that Admiral Stevens played a direct role in setting up a secret U.S. Navy space program, and that his son, Leslie Stevens, IV, was aware of what was happening.

Tompkins claims here are consistent with what he says happened from 1985 to 1999, when he ran an extraterrestrial related “Special Projects” out of the U.S. Navy League center in Medford, Oregon. He said that it was common for Navy officers to have their children briefed about secret space programs and alliances with different extraterrestrial races.

This was done in order to prepare the next generation of navy officers and/or leaders for a world where extraterrestrial life was common knowledge. This is similar to another program happening on the U.S. East Coast as described by Catherine Austin Fitts, a former Assistant Secretary of Housing and Urban Development.

She was asked to participate in strategy sessions that were being conducted by the Arlington Institute, a non-profit organization headed by John Peterson that was assigned a number of US Navy contracts. Fitts says:


John asked me to help him with a high level strategic plan Arlington was planning to undertake for the Undersecretary of the Navy…

I met with a group of high level people in the military in the process - including the Undersecretary.

According to John, the purpose of the plan - discussed in front of several military or retired military officers and former government officials -
was to help the Navy adjust their operations for a world in which it was commonly known that aliens exist and live among us."

Tompkins has supplied a document confirming that he ran a Special Projects Committee with the U.S. Navy League. Additionally, two retired Navy Officers, Art Lumley (Commander), and Larry Boeck (Captain) have confirmed that Tompkins did discuss extraterrestrial projects at Navy League meetings, and was regarded as an expert on these issues.



Minutes of Board Meeting refers to Special Projects Committee

Related: Boeing's "You Just Wait" Ad Reveals 100 Year Partial Disclosure Timeline - Analysis: Disproving Partial
Disclosure, Insider Testimony, And Steering Collective Consciousness Toward The Full Disclosure Timeline


Tompkins’ testimony confirms that it was common practice for Navy officers, briefed about extraterrestrial life, to pass on some of this highly classified information to their children.

Consequently, it is almost certain that Admiral Stevens revealed to his son, Leslie Stevens, some of the classified details about the existence of extraterrestrial life and secret space programs prior to his death.

It is furthermore very possible, that Stevens, Jr., was part of a Navy sanctioned “soft disclosure” process that would use the television/movie industry to reveal elements of the Navy’s planned secret space program.


All this helps considerably in finally understanding the nature of the business relationship between Roddenberry and Leslie Stevens, Jr. Stevens could not himself directly create a science fiction show revealing details of the classified information given to him by his deceased father, but he very likely received tacit permission by Navy officials, to share it with television/movie producers such as Roddenberry who would fictionalize the information.



Consequently, the business relationship between Gene Roddenberry and Leslie Stevens, suggests that Star Trek was initially based on information gained by Admirals Botta and Stevens. A future U.S. Navy space fleet would be developed that would actively cooperate with Nordic extraterrestrials in an alliance that would counter the Nazis and their Reptilian allies.

In the Star Trek series, the Nordics were depicted as Vulcans, the Reptilians as Klingons, while the Nazis were represented as genetically enhanced humans.

Furthermore, it is topical to recognize that Roddenberry chose the beautiful, iconic city of San Francisco as the military headquarters for his fictional Starfleet Command in Star Trek, elevating this U.S. city in the hearts and minds of generations as a symbol of humanity’s bright future achievements.



Related: Solar Warden: The Secret Space Program Built With Alien Technology

It would also directly represent the Navy’s plan for its secret space program becoming a model for integrating other nations in a united partnership.

Two independent sources, former Asian Bureau chief for Forbes Magazine, Benjamin Fulford in 2011, and an anonymous source called the “Hidden Hand” in 2009, have revealed that the Illuminati/Cabal specifically named San Francisco (along with Damascus) as a city that will be made uninhabitable in its Armageddon agenda.



Does San Francisco pose a double threat as both a symbol of hope within the collective psyche, and the truth of a reality it mirrors in the military’s accomplishments? If so, then the Cabal’s goal is not to destroy a city, but to break the collective spirit of a peaceful human vision for a spacefaring future that begins with full disclosure.

The above evidence suggests Star Trek was no mere science fiction series, but was actively encouraged through a business arrangement between Roddenberry and the son of a deceased U.S. Navy admiral, who was directly involved in developing a secret U.S. Navy Space Fleet called Solar Warden.

As we remember the 52nd anniversary of Star Trek, it is worth remembering the roles of U.S. Navy admirals that helped launch the real secret space program upon which Star Trek was modeled.



Further Reading:

Navy Admiral oversaw 29 Spies in Nazi Germany & started US Secret Space Program

US Navy League Conducted Extraterrestrial Special Projects from 1985 to 1999

US Navy plan to prepare for extraterrestrials among us secretly developed in 1998

US Navy Spies Learned of Nazi Alliance with Reptilian Extraterrestrials during WWII

GALACTIC COINTELPRO – Exposing the Covert Counter-Intelligence Program against Extraterrestrial Contactees



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Conspireality: Is It Time For A Serious Conversation?
October 7 2020 | From: ConsciousEvolution / Various

One thing I’m noticing now more than ever before in my experience as a journalist and researcher, and as a human in general, is that people are hungry for information that is deeper than what they are getting through the mainstream media.



It feels as though people are beginning to recognize that there is a degree of corruption involved in our world and that politicians and traditional media outlets have been compromised in the process.

Related: The Business Of Journalists Is To Destroy The Truth & Americans Think The Media Is More Destructive Than Banks & Corporations + The Normals vs. Conspiracy Theorists

How can you weed through the confusion? What media can I trust? What is the truth? These are all big questions many are now having.


In Brief:

The Facts: The mainstream and traditional media seem to be failing to have important conversations that are controversial, while at the same time perhaps there isn't enough rigor and critical thinking in alternative media communities.

Reflect On: Given we are deeply feeling the need to make sense of our world, is it time we begin to look at developing the inner faculties necessary to move beyond ideology, limited thinking patterns and truly begin looking at what evidence around us says?

Further, there is a lack of trust in many professional or societal experts due to a felt sense that they have been compromised as well. In an attempt to get answers to these questions, people have been looking for alternative information or perspectives about many current events in an attempt to make sense of the world.

I’ve worked 11 years in independent media now. I founded Collective Evolution in 2009 for the purposes of having conversations I felt were important but perhaps not widely available.

Initially beginning as a platform for exploring consciousness awakening, CE ventured into current events, as I felt they often reflect the inner aspect of who we are as people – and as a collective.

That said, for most of the time CE has been around, we’ve covered some sort of alternative perspective on current events as part of our job.




Related: American Pravda: How The CIA Invented "Conspiracy Theories"

Our commitment was to do this in a way that was as open, transparent, and unbiased as possible. Improving in our style and quality over the years, we often get feedback from a wide audience feeling that we do a pretty good job of staying neutral and open to various possibilities, while still covering what might be considered controversial subjects.

Things people call ‘conspiracies.’

Calling these sometimes controversial subjects ‘conspiracy theories’ is a bit unfortunate as it’s a loaded term that brings about many connotations and a general lack of clarity.

Does ‘conspiracy theory’ mean there is no evidence? It is not probable? It is not to be believed? Only crazy people who don’t think critically look at them? Was the fact that the NSA spied on US citizens illegally a conspiracy theory before Edward Snowden revealed the truth about that to the world? It was.

The idea that ‘big brother’ is watching was considered a paranoid delusion by many, yet they were in fact watching and recording almost everything people in the US did.

Thus, the title of this piece includes the term ‘conspireality’ as it is my feeling that some things we often call conspiracy theories are in fact true, we just don’t know it yet or haven’t accepted it.



Related: A Country Without An Honest Media Is Lost: The Largest Conspiracy Theory Peddlers Are Mainstream Media And The US State Department

In that same token, there is an observation I’m seeing within the space of ‘conspiracies’ that is truly important to discuss and reflect on.

Note: much of what I want to share will be written here, more will be in the video at the bottom.


The Rise of The Alternative

For decades people have felt that there is more to mainstream media narratives when it comes to current events. The JFK assassination, UFOs, MK Ultra, the real cause of wars, powerful people who control aspects of society, etc.

Typically, much of these conversations remained on the fringe and were had on late night radio shows or unpopular books few knew about.

But the advent of the internet and it’s subsequent popularity birthed an opportunity for these ideas and conversations to spread more easily. As time went on, people began to feel ‘alternative’ history or facts about events that happen in our world are increasingly important.



Related: JFK: Dylan Strikes Again & Diana Mystery Solved: White Fiat Uno Driver Breaks His Silence - Why He Won’t Talk To Police

While it might be common to chalk this up to some form of mental illness or misstep in thought, there is actually a large number of intelligent and well-read people who are actively exploring very credible information that tells a different, and credible, story about widely accepted mainstream narratives.

A recent podcast on The Joe Rogan Experience with guest Tom O’Neil is a perfect example. Tom has spent the last 20 years of his life investigating and writing a book called Chaos: Charles Manson, the CIA, and the Secret History of the Sixties which was published by Little, Brown in the summer of 2019.

As the description of his book reads:


“Twenty years ago, when journalist Tom O’Neill was reporting a magazine piece about the murders, he worried there was nothing new to say.

Then he unearthed shocking evidence of a cover-up behind the “official” story, including police carelessness, legal misconduct, and potential surveillance by intelligence agents.


When a tense interview with Vincent Bugliosi - prosecutor of the Manson Family and author of Helter Skelter - turned a friendly source into a nemesis, O’Neill knew he was onto something. But every discovery brought more questions.

O’Neill’s quest for the truth led him from reclusive celebrities to seasoned spies, from San Francisco’s summer of love to the shadowy sites of the CIA’s mind-control experiments, on a trail rife with shady cover-ups and suspicious coincidences.

The product of two decades of reporting, hundreds of new interviews, and dozens of never-before-seen documents from the LAPD, the FBI, and the CIA, Chaos mounts an argument that could be, according to Los Angeles Deputy District Attorney Steven Kay, strong enough to overturn the verdicts on the Manson murders. This is a book that overturns our understanding of a pivotal time in American history.”


As I listened to the podcast episode, many of the subjects discussed, including the United State’s government mind control program MK Ultra, and the JFK Assassination were explored with undeniable evidence and important lines of questioning.

Contrary to the belief that many of these subjects are mere conspiracy theories brought on by people who only deal in circumstantial evidence and who believe anything that sounds like an entertaining theory, we’re seeing some real truth here.

Truth that would completely change the public’s perspective on government and the intelligence community. The implications are huge when you really start to look at it and what the evidence clearly indicates.

This is not the only event that evidently shows coverups. Recent admissions by the US Navy has clearly indicated that government and intelligence communities have been keeping the public in the dark about UFOs for a long time.

Looking at government documents and whistleblowers that have been available for decades, you can find out very quickly that much more is going on behind the scenes than people realize, and the discussion of UFOs is really nothing to be gawked at as it often is.




Related: The US Space Force Just Swore In Its First “Chief Of Space Operations” + Navy Patents UFO-Like Compact Nuclear Fusion Reactor And Hybrid Space / Sea Crafts

Before public admission of the reality of UFOs, the media and many academics made fun of people who believed in UFOs as if they were crazy. Now that same media is telling you they’re real.

While they aren’t necessarily saying who is manning these UFOs, the conversation is quickly turning towards admitting to so many of the things ‘conspiracy theorists’ have discussed.

One could say that UFOs as a conspiracy theory became reality when the NAVY admitted to the validity of the video evidence that emerged. Do we know exactly what is going on? No, but we know a lot more.

Likewise with the NSA’s ‘big brother spying’ program – it’s no longer a conspiracy theory thanks to Edward Snowden. In that sense, you can see where I’m getting my ‘conspireality’ term from – conspiracies that have become reality.

The question now is, how do we have conversations about remaining ‘conspiracies’ seriously? Where we look at the evidence with an open mind and truly see what it says.

Alternative media has been covering these topics for years prior to mainstream media even opening up to the idea. Alt media has been filling a void in media that aligns with a correct intuition people have that there is more to what we’re being told – and it involves some highly controversial topics.

Hence the rise in alternative media. Popularity grew because it was feeding something deep within people that they felt but could not get from the mainstream.

In return, the mainstream culture seems to have taken issue with the rise of alternative media as it represents a loss of having a monopoly on narratives.



Related: Mainstream Media Is Trying Hard To Convince Us That “Plandemic” Is A “Conspiracy Theory” + The New Normal


Time For A Serious Conversation?

Before I continue I want to be clear that this is a complex and nuanced conversation, and the themes I’m going to discuss don’t apply to all people, but seem to be a big part of ‘alternative’ thinking culture.

As mainstream or traditional media continues to fail to ask the right questions about what is going on in our world (whether it was due to a lack of interest in the part of journalists, direction from media directors, or perhaps a gag order from someone ‘higher up’), it can be said that alternative media may not always carry the necessary standards in reporting and conversation to be taken seriously.

Yet these emerging conversations are incredibly important and needed.

One other aspect of this I want to mention, that can be founding both mainstream/traditional media and some alternative media, is the lack of ‘spiritual’ context within current events.

Meaning, there are deeper questions about who we are, why we’re here and what life is about that many who are ‘waking up’ are asking and feeling – processing even, yet mainstream media doesn’t have the context to understand this nor empathetically report on it.

It can be said that some of alternative media fits in this boat as well.



Related: Google And Soros-Backed ‘Fact-Checkers’ Join Forces To Control News Search Results & USG Conspiracy To Censor Alternative Views As Fake

Lately, I’ve been grappling with this difficult topic, and I sometimes find it a bit tough to even put into words. It is something I’ve loosely discussed for years now, but am now really moving to open up a dialogue about it as I believe we’ve reached an absolutely critical juncture in time where we must begin to explore themes I’m about to present.

Themes that involve anything from free speech to societal decline, division, and our potential to create a world where we can thrive. I believe much of what we’ll discuss here is critical to all that and more.

The topic I’ve struggled with lately is that I feel many people in the ‘alternative’ or ‘conspiracy’ community, defined contextually for this article as those who are often well-intended in seeking alternative narratives the mainstream does not offer, seem to have become very ideological, absolute, and extreme about their positions.

The conversations being had often jump to conclusions even without evidence, and attack anyone who doesn’t agree with them as being ‘sheeple’ or brain dead. It’s creating huge divides, yet very few want to admit it.

Most importantly, it’s making it very hard to have these important conversations about controversial topics that need to be had at this moment. Further, and as I foresaw years ago, it’s also inviting censorship.

Let’s get clear here. You might see a meme that shows a picture with Bill Gates and Jeffrey Epstein, and thus it automatically means we now have proof Gates is a pedophile.



Related: The Silent War On "Q" Continues

‘The Deep State mass arrests are coming any day now.’ Just as they have been for the last 10 years. Yet still, if you don’t understand that these mass arrests are coming, you’re asleep.

The key distinction here is the sense of certainty, the sense that it’s all so obvious, even when it’s not. The use of poor evidence, circumstantial evidence, or none at all, to ‘prove’ what’s going on has overtaken critical thinking.

It almost seems like people have become more interested in the entertainment value of this controversial information as opposed to how true it actually might be or how much evidence there truly is.

Take the X22 report for example. He pulls together a ton of circumstantial evidence, matches it with Q posts and then offers an analysis. Many believe his work clearly shows facts in drawing conclusions, but in reality, it’s mere speculation.

This is perfectly fine, but people are getting lost in seeing this as unequivocal fact, as opposed to mere speculation. X22 has suggested for example that Julian Assange is safe and sound and his arrest is nothing but ‘part of the plan’ by the Q patriots to save America from the Deep State.

In his video, you can follow all of the evidence he proposes, why Assange had a book in his hand, what that book meant, and how it was a code for people to look deeper.

This, while those close to Assange, including independent reporters and family, have been saying he is being tortured and suffering deeply in prison. So on one hand you have ‘truthers’ saying he’s fine, don’t worry, part of the plan.



Related: Julian Assange On The War On Free Speech: “Everyone Else Must Take My Place” & Julian Assange Is Guilty Only Of Revealing The Evil Soul Of US Imperialism

And then you have those who actually know him and have access to him saying the situation is bad and people need to help do something about it. Those same truthers have then said “don’t worry, those reporters and family are part of the plan too… it’s all optics.” You can see the issue here.

What I’m getting at is many popular voices in alternative media approach ‘conspiracy theories’ in a way that turns circumstantial evidence into unquestionable truth. Delivered with a sense of certainty or sweeping generalizations.

They can often lack critical thinking because they match their circumstantial evidence with the overarching story they have chosen to believe as fact. In turn, many viewers of alternative media seem to have begun believing these ideas as pure truth, without applying the same critical thinking rigor to alt narratives as they would have to mainstream narratives.

This by no means is everyone who watches alternative media. In fact, I have often stated and observed that many who do view alternative media do so because they have developed great critical thinking skills and have realized that there is not much value these days out in watching mainstream or traditional media.

That said, there is still a large group of presenters and viewers who make up a culture within the alternative space that does contribute to undermining these conversations.

Take Jeffrey Epstein for example. A huge case that began to connect underage sex/pedophile rings to powerful people in the world. An idea that has been around for a long time thanks to survivors and whistleblowers who have told their story.



Related: Bill Clinton Poses With Epstein’s ‘Pimp’ Ghislaine Maxwell And A Sex Slave On Board Private Jet The ‘Lolita Express’

The mainstream media has never done a good job of covering this, and traditional journalists have often shied away from it. Now though, this conversation is huge and ready to be had – people are listening.

Then comes the part I’m trying to raise awareness about here: some people in the alternative community will undermine these conversations by aggressively positing that every politician pictured with Epstein is automatically a pedophile and involved.

This among other assertions that are easy to debunk of course. This makes it easy for mainstream media or fact-checkers to begin easily debunking ‘conspiracy theories’ related to Jeffrey Epstein as bogus – and in a lot of cases, they are right.

Yet, there is actually a meaningful conversation to be had here, there is truth to explore, but if people are not more careful, these conversations won’t be had because their lack of critical thinking and completely certain positions close the door for other onlookers and make it easy to bury this information as unfounded and delusional conspiracies.

After all, a quick Google search will return plenty of mainstream media positions analyzing the psychological nature of ‘those who believe in conspiracy theories’ as if there is no real truth to any of them, and that people are just ‘out of their minds’ of sorts.

For myself personally in doing this work for the last 11 years, it is extremely common to have our work lumped in all other “baseless conspiracy theories” due to the fact that we’re often covering the same topics that are considered baseless conspiracy theories because they were covered poorly by others or simply because they sound similar.



Related: New Study Reveals Surprising Truths About Conspiracy Theories

We become guilty by association and part of a culture of people who seem to simply believe everything without any real evidence, this, regardless of the fact that we approach these important conversations with evidence and rigor.

Perhaps you’ve had the experience where you suggest in conversation “I don’t feel Jeffrey Epstein killed himself.” And right away a friend says “oh, you sound like a conspiracy theorist.”

One might assume it’s because that friend is not open-minded or was convinced by mainstream media it’s all a conspiracy, when in reality that friend may have witnessed a ton of laughable and paranoid content with weak evidence and harshly stated ‘facts’ that when researched, returned no real results.

Thus the question becomes, is the ‘conspiracy’ community actually digging their own grave and just blaming mainstream media for why people don’t listen?


How Can We Adjust?

11 years ago I had a vision of creating media that approaches understanding our world in a different way. As our About Us page on CE states:


“We live in a time where virtually every aspect of our society is changing or crumbling. Power is shifting and old ways of looking at and understanding our world are no longer working. New voices and ideas are emerging that encourage us to look more deeply at why our world is the way it is, and what about us creates it to be this way.

Collective Evolution is a news-media and education company that creates content to explore how humanity can shift our consciousness and way of being to evolve beyond the personal and global challenges we face.

We help encourage the development of inner faculties to explore more about how we can arrive at truth as opposed to just saying what truth is. Our work encourages a greater connection to self, an increase of self-awareness and being aware of what’s around us. We encourage others to let information be as opposed to it defining who we are and developing ideology. 

What do our current events say about how we operate as people? What do our societal structures and common issues say about our level of thinking (consciousness) and what type of ideas we’re bringing to the table? What if the solution to the many challenges we feel we face today is actually in changing how we think, relate to one another, and even relate to our world?

We feel this is one of the key missing factors in mainstream media, alternative media and traditional societal discussions today, and therefore we create our content to inspire personal transformation and the expansion of collective consciousness through two key avenues: news media and personal transformation content."


We’ve always felt that bringing the inner work, inner transformation aspect into making sense of our world was key as it is empowering and actually allows each person to take responsibility for what they are creating in their life and in the world. By developing inner faculties like critical thinking, presence, self-awareness, and intuition, we can better understand our world and why it is the way it is.

We can also begin to become aware of an expanded state of who we are, which may choose to create society from a completely different mindset than simply believing we are a cog in the wheel with beliefs and ideologies that are outdated and don’t resonate with us.

Thus I’m putting forth a call here, firstly, perhaps it’s time we move on from this whole idea of calling things a “conspiracy theory.” We have learned by now that if we apply critical thinking and proper journalism to many of these controversial ideas, what’s worth exploring further becomes clear quickly.

I discuss these ideas much more deeply in a video I produced on this subject in relation to a few early statements made by David Icke during a London Real interview about COVID-19. David assertively states that “COVID-19 does not exist” and then proceeds to make a strong link between COVID-19 and 5G.

I’m not saying David is a bad researcher or anything of that fashion, on the contrary, I believe some of his work is solid, and asks some great questions.




Related: China’s Massive Amount Of Immunotoxic 5G Networking And The Wuhan Coronavirus: The Emperor’s New Virus

But what I’m saying is, if you look at the aftermath of that conversation, whereby assertions are made that are certainly nothing more than speculation but not presented as such, we can clearly see what shifts need to be made in how these conversations are approached so we can do a better job of having them seriously and uniting people.

5G as a conversation was deeply undermined as mainstream media had an easy time stating there is no evidence linking 5G to COVID, and now those who look into 5G safety might be highly skeptical because the ‘crazy conspiracy’ was that 5G created COVID.

Further, there are serious discussions to be had around the origins of COVID-19 and whether or not the authoritarian measures are truly necessary, yet how can we easily have those conversations when such a large portion of the community is simply saying COVID is a hoax and that it doesn’t exist?

This isn’t to say that these ideas should not be explored, this is the piece many seem to miss. They want it to be a black and white conversation – who are the good guys? Who are the bad guys? Should I do this, or that?

When in reality, this is a conversation about making sense of a situation that is extremely complex, and if we try and put forth one all-encompassing theory that is certain about what’s going on right now, we can’t possibly be accurate in that as we simply don’t know everything.

So why assert it as such?  It is virtually impossible. Yet those who don’t agree with this all-encompassing and obvious agenda... asleep.

This is the issue I want to talk about more in the video below. I also offer what I feel are some solutions and realizations people could reflect on to see how they feel for them.







Related Articles:

How To Get Rid Of Paranoid Conspiracy Theorists

Everywhere In The Western World, Government Is A Conspiracy Against The People & Cartels That Run The World

Obamagate Is Not A Conspiracy Theory & Disinformation From Schiff, Media Damaged America

ClimateChangeGate: The Hidden Agenda Behind The Huge Hoax And Global Criminal Conspiracy & Climate Change Hoax Collapses As New Science Finds Human Activity Has Virtually Zero Impact On Global Temperatures

Medical Destruction: It’s Not Just A Conspiracy Theory

Same Media That Once Deemed Chemtrails A Conspiracy Theory Now Openly Promotes Chemtrailing The Entire Planet To “End Climate Change” & Global Geoengineering (Chemtrails) Experiment Pushed By Bill Gates Also Funded By Nazi-Linked Alfred P. Sloan Foundation, Linked To Eugenics And Depopulation

FBI Document Adds “Fringe” Conspiracy Theories As Next Big Domestic Terror Threat & CIA, Climate And Conspiracy: More Notes From The Edge Of The Narrative Matrix

Microsoft Now Conspiring With Pro-Monsanto Front Group “NewsGuard” To Censor All Anti-GMO News On Mobile Devices



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Secret Meeting That Changed Rap Music And Destroyed A Generation & The Troubling Case Of Paz de la Huerta And Her (Now Deleted) Instagram Account
October 6 2020 | From: HipHopIsRead / VigilantCitizen / Various

After more than 20 years, I've finally decided to tell the world what I witnessed in 1991, which I believe was one of the biggest turning point in popular music, and ultimately American [Western] society.



I have struggled for a long time weighing the pros and cons of making this story public as I was reluctant to implicate the individuals who were present that day.

Related: MPAA Executive, Hollywood’s Man in Washington, Arrested for Alleged ‘Rape and Blackmail’

So I've simply decided to leave out names and all the details that may risk my personal well being and that of those who were, like me, dragged into something they weren't ready for.

Between the late 80's and early 90’s, I was what you may call a “decision maker” with one of the more established company in the music industry. I came from Europe in the early 80’s and quickly established myself in the business.

The industry was different back then. Since technology and media weren’t accessible to people like they are today, the industry had more control over the public and had the means to influence them anyway it wanted.

This may explain why in early 1991, I was invited to attend a closed door meeting with a small group of music business insiders to discuss rap music’s new direction.

Little did I know that we would be asked to participate in one of the most unethical and destructive business practice I’ve ever seen. The meeting was held at a private residence on the outskirts of Los Angeles. I remember about 25 to 30 people being there, most of them familiar faces.



Related: Washington DC’s Role Behind The Scenes In Hollywood Goes Deeper Than You Think

Speaking to those I knew, we joked about the theme of the meeting as many of us did not care for rap music and failed to see the purpose of being invited to a private gathering to discuss its future.

Among the attendees was a small group of unfamiliar faces who stayed to themselves and made no attempt to socialize beyond their circle. Based on their behavior and formal appearances, they didn't seem to be in our industry.

Our casual chatter was interrupted when we were asked to sign a confidentiality agreement preventing us from publicly discussing the information presented during the meeting. Needless to say, this intrigued and in some cases disturbed many of us. The agreement was only a page long but very clear on the matter and consequences which stated that violating the terms would result in job termination.

We asked several people what this meeting was about and the reason for such secrecy but couldn't find anyone who had answers for us. A few people refused to sign and walked out. No one stopped them. I was tempted to follow but curiosity got the best of me. A man who was part of the “unfamiliar” group collected the agreements from us.

Quickly after the meeting began, one of my industry colleagues (who shall remain nameless like everyone else) thanked us for attending. He then gave the floor to a man who only introduced himself by first name and gave no further details about his personal background. I think he was the owner of the residence but it was never confirmed.

He briefly praised all of us for the success we had achieved in our industry and congratulated us for being selected as part of this small group of “decision makers”.



Related: The 2019 VMAs: It’s Not About Music, It’s About Pushing Narratives

At this point I begin to feel slightly uncomfortable at the strangeness of this gathering. The subject quickly changed as the speaker went on to tell us that the respective companies we represented had invested in a very profitable industry which could become even more rewarding with our active involvement.

He explained that the companies we work for had invested millions into the building of privately owned prisons and that our positions of influence in the music industry would actually impact the profitability of these investments. I remember many of us in the group immediately looking at each other in confusion. At the time, I didn’t know what a private prison was but I wasn't the only one.

Sure enough, someone asked what these prisons were and what any of this had to do with us. We were told that these prisons were built by privately owned companies who received funding from the government based on the number of inmates.

The more inmates, the more money the government would pay these prisons. It was also made clear to us that since these prisons are privately owned, as they become publicly traded, we’d be able to buy shares. Most of us were taken back by this.



Related: Devil Music: A History Of The Occult In Rock & Roll

Again, a couple of people asked what this had to do with us. At this point, my industry colleague who had first opened the meeting took the floor again and answered our questions. He told us that since our employers had become silent investors in this prison business, it was now in their interest to make sure that these prisons remained filled.

Our job would be to help make this happen by marketing music which promotes criminal behavior, rap being the music of choice.

He assured us that this would be a great situation for us because rap music was becoming an increasingly profitable market for our companies, and as employee, we’d also be able to buy personal stocks in these prisons.

Immediately, silence came over the room. You could have heard a pin drop. I remember looking around to make sure I wasn't dreaming and saw half of the people with dropped jaws.

My daze was interrupted when someone shouted, “Is this a f****** joke?” At this point things became chaotic.

Two of the men who were part of the “unfamiliar” group grabbed the man who shouted out and attempted to remove him from the house. A few of us, myself included, tried to intervene. One of them pulled out a gun and we all backed off.



Related: Demons Behind The Music Industry (Ex Illuminati Explains) & Illuminati - The Music Industry Exposed

They separated us from the crowd and all four of us were escorted outside. My industry colleague who had opened the meeting earlier hurried out to meet us and reminded us that we had signed agreement and would suffer the consequences of speaking about this publicly or even with those who attended the meeting.

I asked him why he was involved with something this corrupt and he replied that it was bigger than the music business and nothing we’d want to challenge without risking consequences.

We all protested and as he walked back into the house I remember word for word the last thing he said, “It’s out of my hands now. Remember you signed an agreement.” He then closed the door behind him.

The men rushed us to our cars and actually watched until we drove off.

A million things were going through my mind as I drove away and I eventually decided to pull over and park on a side street in order to collect my thoughts. I replayed everything in my mind repeatedly and it all seemed very surreal to me.

I was angry with myself for not having taken a more active role in questioning what had been presented to us. I'd like to believe the shock of it all is what suspended my better nature. After what seemed like an eternity, I was able to calm myself enough to make it home.



Related: Luke Perry Dead At 52 After “Serious Stroke” & Star Of Hobbit Films Elijah Wood Says Hollywood Is Masking A Child Sex Epidemic

I didn't talk or call anyone that night. The next day back at the office, I was visibly out of it but blamed it on being under the weather. No one else in my department had been invited to the meeting and I felt a sense of guilt for not being able to share what I had witnessed.

I thought about contacting the 3 others who wear kicked out of the house but I didn't remember their names and thought that tracking them down would probably bring unwanted attention.

I considered speaking out publicly at the risk of losing my job but I realized I’d probably be jeopardizing more than my job and I wasn't willing to risk anything happening to my family. I thought about those men with guns and wondered who they were?

I had been told that this was bigger than the music business and all I could do was let my imagination run free. There were no answers and no one to talk to. I tried to do a little bit of research on private prisons but didn’t uncover anything about the music business’ involvement.

However, the information I did find confirmed how dangerous this prison business really was. Days turned into weeks and weeks into months. Eventually, it was as if the meeting had never taken place. It all seemed surreal.

I became more reclusive and stopped going to any industry events unless professionally obligated to do so. On two occasions, I found myself attending the same function as my former colleague. Both times, our eyes met but nothing more was exchanged.



Related: "Linkin Park's Chester Bennington Was Murdered" - And Soundgarden's Chris Cornell Was Also Likely To Have Been 'Suicided' In Illuminati Ritual Killings

As the months passed, rap music had definitely changed direction. I was never a fan of it but even I could tell the difference. Rap acts that talked about politics or harmless fun were quickly fading away as gangster rap started dominating the airwaves.

Only a few months had passed since the meeting but I suspect that the ideas presented that day had been successfully implemented. It was as if the order has been given to all major label executives.

The music was climbing the charts and most companies when more than happy to capitalize on it. Each one was churning out their very own gangster rap acts on an assembly line.

Everyone bought into it, consumers included. Violence and drug use became a central theme in most rap music. I spoke to a few of my peers in the industry to get their opinions on the new trend but was told repeatedly that it was all about supply and demand.

Sadly many of them even expressed that the music reinforced their prejudice of minorities.

I officially quit the music business in 1993 but my heart had already left months before. I broke ties with the majority of my peers and removed myself from this thing I had once loved.

I took some time off, returned to Europe for a few years, settled out of state, and lived a “quiet” life away from the world of entertainment. As the years passed, I managed to keep my secret, fearful of sharing it with the wrong person but also a little ashamed of not having had the balls to blow the whistle.



Related: Finger In Every Pie: How CIA Produces Our ‘News’ And Entertainment

But as rap got worse, my guilt grew. Fortunately, in the late 90’s, having the internet as a resource which wasn't at my disposal in the early days made it easier for me to investigate what is now labeled the prison industrial complex.

Now that I have a greater understanding of how private prisons operate, things make much more sense than they ever have.

I see how the criminalization of rap music played a big part in promoting racial stereotypes and misguided so many impressionable young minds into adopting these glorified criminal behaviors which often lead to incarceration.

Twenty years of guilt is a heavy load to carry but the least I can do now is to share my story, hoping that fans of rap music realize how they’ve been used for the past 2 decades.

Although I plan on remaining anonymous for obvious reasons, my goal now is to get this information out to as many people as possible.

Please help me spread the word.

Hopefully, others who attended the meeting back in 1991 will be inspired by this and tell their own stories. Most importantly, if only one life has been touched by my story, I pray it makes the weight of my guilt a little more tolerable.



Related Articles:

The Dark Meaning of “all the good girls go to hell” by Billie Eilish

Symbolic Pics of the Month 09/19

The Sinister Messages of “K-12” by Melanie Martinez

Symbolic Pics of the Month 10/19



The Troubling Case Of Paz de la Huerta And Her (Now Deleted) Instagram Account

Paz de la Huerta went from being tagged a “major Hollywood celebrity” to a “major nutjob” in a few short years. And things got worse after she accused Harvey Weinstein of multiple crimes.



However, a close look at her disturbing social media posts reveals another story: She been abused and controlled by the occult elite for decades.

Related: Retired Head Of Los Angeles FBI Tells All: Illuminati, Satanism, Pedophile Rings

Paz de la Huerta is an American actress and model who is mostly known for her role in the HBO series Broadwalk Empire and her countless magazine photoshoots.

Between 2005 and 2010, at the height of her career, de la Huerta worked with A-list celebrities and partied with Hollywood’s most powerful people. However, after a series of bizarre and traumatizing events, de la Huerta’s career came to a screeching halt.

Nowadays, de la Huerta is mostly known for appearing in paparazzi videos of her stumbling around while looking heavily intoxicated at social events. She’s also been a frequent subject of ridicule by celebrity gossip sites who have been documenting her erratic behavior for years.

While she was dismissed as “crazy” by mass media a long time ago, de la Huerta hundreds of posts on social media tell a darker story – one that sums up perfectly disgusting, hidden side of the occult elite and the entertainment industry.

Before looking that that (now deleted) Instagram account, here’s a quick look at her past.


Troubled Past

Paz de la Huerta’s parents are Ricardo Ignacio de la Huerta y Ozores (Spanish nobleman and 17th Duke of Mandas and Villanueva) and Judith Bruce (and authority on birth control in Third World countries and United Nations Consultant).



Related: Paris Jackson Interview: Michael Jackson Was “Absolutely” Murdered

Paz obtained her first role at age 12 in the movie 1998 The Object of My Affection which starred Jennifer Aniston and Paul Rudd. She then steadily climbed the stairs to stardom until things took a horrible turn.

In 2011, de la Huerta was nearly killed by a speeding ambulance truck that was driven by a stunt driver on the set of the movie Nurse 3D. This event was highly suspicious, especially when one watches the video of it.





In this disturbing video, it appears that the ambulance actually steered left at the very last second to violently hit Paz. Furthermore, the ambulance was driven by a stunt driver who is literally trained to perform dangerous car stunts. Was it actually a murder attempt? As we’ll see later, the story surrounding this accident and its aftermaths is extremely bizarre.

No matter what the case may be, the accident nearly killed Paz. She filed a $55 million lawsuit against Liongate film claiming that the accident required her to undergo over 20 surgeries and left her unable to work. The case was dismissed.

In November 2018, de la Huerta filed a $60 million lawsuit against Harvey Weinstein, accusing the director of raping her on two separate occasions in 2010 and then embarking on a campaign of harassment that she contends damaged her career.



Paz de la Huerta with Harvey Weinstein at the Soho Grand Hotel in 2010

Contrarily to other 'Me Too' figureheads such as Rose McGowan, de la Huerta’s accusations generated little support and sympathy from mass media and the entertainment industry. Weinstein’s defense team has called her allegations “preposterous and, unfortunately, the product of an unstable personality with a vivid imagination.”

In May 2019, while de la Huerta was working on her lawsuit against Weinstein, she was hospitalized for “severe emotional distress”.



Related: Rampant Pedophilia With Child Actors The Next Shoe To Drop In Hollywood Sex Scandal & Mainstream Media Just Admitted Hollywood Infested With “Child Sex Trafficking”

Throughout these difficult times, de la Huerta remained active on Instagram … and that account was terrifying. Indeed, most of her posts were actually calls for help as she accused “evil women” of abusing and torturing her while constantly pushing her to suicide.

For reasons unknown, that IG account was completed deleted in the past weeks. Luckily, since I was actually working on an article before the deletion happened, I’ve saved some screenshots and copied the contents of some captions.

Now, more than ever, I believe these need to be shared because they explain the “why” of de la Huerta’s behavior while shedding light on the dark and disturbing side of the entertainment industry.



Related: Monarch Mind Control & The MK-Ultra Program


The Deleted Instagram Account

At first glance, Paz de la Huerta’s Instagram account appeared to consist of hundreds of selfies mixed with some pics from her glory days.

However, when one took the time to read the captions associated with these pics, things got very dark. Nearly every picture was accompanied by a wall of text where Paz described her constant abuse and trauma at the hands of “evil women”.



A typical IG post by Paz combining a “beauty pic” with a troubling caption about evil women trying to destroy her

Although Paz’ captions often sounded like the ramblings of a crazy person, they actually told a coherent and precise story of systematic abuse at the hands of specific people – notably her own mother. In one post she writes:


I’ve always been incredibly generous even to my evil mother who if she wanted me to be healthy and successful she wouldn’t have done the unconscionable thing she did to me in Spain that she had tried to do so many times before but my good karma always saved me if I survive this I’m writing a book about maunchhausen bi proxy.”

On several occasions, Paz accuses her mother of Munchausen syndrome by proxy. Here’s a definition of it:


Munchausen syndrome by proxy (MSBP) is a mental health problem in which a caregiver makes up or causes an illness or injury in a person under his or her care, such as a child, an elderly adult, or a person who has a disability. Because vulnerable people are the victims, MSBP is a form of child abuse or elder abuse.

Note: Since most cases of MSBP are between a caregiver (usually a mother) and a child, the rest of this topic will describe that relationship. But it is important to remember that MSBP can involve any vulnerable person who has a caregiver.

The caregiver with MSBP may:

  • Lie about the child’s symptoms.
  • Change test results to make a child appear to be ill.
  • Physically harm the child to produce symptoms.

Victims are most often small children. They may get painful medical tests they don’t need. They may even become seriously ill or injured or may die because of the actions of the caregiver.

Children who are victims of MSBP can have lifelong physical and emotional problems and may have Munchausen syndrome as adults. This is a disorder in which a person causes or falsely reports his or her own symptoms.

- Michigan Medicine, Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy




Related: The One-Eye Sign: Its Origins And Occult Meaning

Although she was under the strict control of her mother since birth, Paz says that things got worse since the 2011 ambulance accident. In another post she wrote:


Since my truck accident I’ve been surrounded by these evil women trying to convince me I was sick so they could lock me up for the rest of my life out of envy and fear for their reputations but when I met Mika that night it was a break from the psychological torture.”

In another post she wrote:


“I have been crying for months … it’s inhumane what these monsters have done to me. Because of them I didn’t get my justice against Lionsgate. I was going to marry a man and they messed that up to. My boyfriend of 15 years won’t talk to me because he says I’ve been so naive and he’s afraid I will take my life.

I had a career in Paris before they did the unconscionable. One old assistant of mine brave enough to step forward has saved all of their emails of their plans for me these last years since I had my truck accident.

They’ve been trying to have me committed for the rest of my life only because I hold secrets of years of unconscionable abuse .

I was never going to tell until what they did to me in Spain , the only country they could get away with it. All I did was cry after this one abuser said evil things to me and I was speaking to Micheal rebel the famous therapist that told me to run away from them years ago before they kill me.

They are trying to drive me to suicide, they have been doing it for years. They have gas lit me. (…)

I want my famous friends to read this and help me get away from these abusers who have gas lit me held me prisoner in a city. I have few loved ones and are trying to put me in a cage for the rest of my life because I know too much. I will speak to this assistant who was brave enough to step forward.”

As stated above, Paz claimed that she was abducted in Spain in 2018.

She reportedly spent six months “locked in a cage” while undergoing intense trauma at the hands of “evil women”.



A post about Paz being abducted

In another post she wrote:


“I was making money modeling and I was about to sign with the best agency until I stupidly got on that plane to Spain where evil I didn’t even know existed awaited me.

What can I say? Truck accident, rape, near fatal cuncussion, and I’ve never been a blamer and I’ve never even cared to sue because by heart I’m a very positive resilient woman but this is the greatest injustice I’ve ever endured in my life and never have a witnessed just how cruel humanity is.

I did nothing to warrant being locked up in a cage in a foreign country for six months they are still trying to keep me from having the proper medical care my evil mother has even voiced that she doesn’t want me working well than what am I supposed to be an invalid.”

In another post explained that what happened to her could only happen in Spain – perhaps due to her father’s connections.


“The only reason they got away with what they did was because in Spain my medications which they knew I needed one was illegal and I don’t know how they got away with keeping me there for so long it’s illegal to do that to someone Any where else in the world and because a judge put me there they made my evil abuser my custodian which I’ve had legally changed since and she forbade me from speaking to the two men my lawyer and best friend who had the power to get me out of that hell in a day.

I tried to commit suicide nine times when I was there.”

In another post, de la Huerta compares her situation to Rosemary Kennedy who was lobotomized by her own family.


“do you know the story about the Kennedy girl we’ll she was very beautiful and sexy and vivacious the life of the party her mother was so deadly envious of her an ugly uptight prude like one of my main abusers and she basically did to her daughter what these to evil women tried to do to me lobotomize her the poor girl was robbed of her life and spent the rest of her life staring at a wall … extremely sad story and it almost happened to me I’ve never wanted to sue for any of the injustices I’ve endured until now and I have a killer lawyer share you’re stories with me and let’s support one another these evil women belong in jail.”

On several occasions, de la Huerta mentions an assistant who is willing to come forward and testify about the abuse she underwent in the past years.



Related: Was Michael Jackson’s Neverland Ranch A Mind-Control Programming Site?

In one Instagram post, the assistant wrote a long caption summing up the situation (you can tell that the text was written by another person due to the presence of actual sentences and punctuation).


“My name is Kimberly M., I am writing of behalf of Paz as I was friends with her in 2016-17, during that time witnessed some very bizarre treatment of her by her caretakers.

Before Paz left Los Angeles for Paris I became her assistant for a short period of time, in order to try and help her in a situation that seemed desperate. From the outside, it seemed that she was becoming increasingly frustrated with how her caretakers were handling her and was suspicious of their care.

From my point of view, she needed to be around more good role models, friends and people that cared for her in order for her to find her own stability and eventually start acting and modeling again.

When I started the job I thought this would be the intention of her caretakers as well, but soon found out this was not the case. My main interactions come in dealing with who was my boss for the job, Kimberly. The first signs that Kimberly had ill intentions for Paz came from the fact that she was trying very hard to discourage me taking the job of helping Paz.

Telling me I had no idea what I was getting into and repeatedly calling me to tell me negative things about Paz, often keeping me on the phone for hours at night, trying to convince me that Paz was not a good person and couldn’t be helped.

I could not figure out why she was trying to influence me in this way and soon began to ask questions because I was in disbelief. Some of the things I was told include that Paz was untreatable and too far gone for help.

She then told me that no treatment has worked on Paz in years, and that she has become more of a burden to them (Kimberly, Judith) than was worth putting actual effort into.

One day I still was not completely sold that Paz is untreatable, and confronted Kimberly who got very worked up and revealed to me that they think she is so untreatable, that they have given up and have been actively delaying or sabotaging some of the things Paz was asking for.

The most disturbing thing that was revealed was that they were trying to let her fail, so that she would go mad or cause enough altercations with the police/law to be put in an institution for life.

She also told me that because Paz’s godmother (her client) was the only one contributing to her financial stability, and that she had taken it upon herself to relay negative information to the godmother, sending bad reports (knowing that she had not attempted to facilitate a good report) and convincing her that Paz would be so much of a burden financially overtime, that she should accept her as a lost cause, and have her put away for life in order to save herself the money and trouble, even going as far to make her sound like a danger to others.

Never in my life did I think they would actually be able to follow through on such plans as I do not think Paz is insane, but a particular artist who’s been through a lot of trauma and needs adequate time to grow her own stability and find happiness in her own way.

I may not know the extent of what led to what in her situation, but I know what I witnessed was wrong on a moral level and believe that it may have contributed to their attempt to put Paz being put away in Spain.”


As the assistant wrote, Paz was subjected to “a lot of trauma”. And under details on her social media accounts point towards trauma-based mind control.


Trauma Based Mind Control?

To those who know about the dark side of the entertainment industry, Paz de la Huerta shows signs of trauma-based mind control.

Her early beginnings in the entertainment industry, her abuse at the hands of powerful people and her history of bizarre behavior (a typical result following MK breakdown) are all visible symptoms.

As explained in this article, trauma-based mind control (also known as Monarch programming) is about subjecting a slave to trauma so intense that it causes dissociation which leads to the programming of new alter personas.

In several Instagram posts, Paz actually refers to an alter-ego named Malificient.



An Instagram post about her alter-ego

Like many other victims of trauma-based mind control (such as Kim Noble), Paz also has a penchant for creating extremely symbolic paintings.



A painting by Paz de la Huerta that is replete with MK imagery. It depicts a Virgin-Mary-like figure with a blindfolded child who appears to be subjected to all kinds of foul treatments. Strange fact: In one of her posts, Paz wrote that she replaced memories of her mother by the Virgin Mary


In Conclusion

Although she can be easily dismissed as a crazy person who says crazy things (media has been doing it for years), Paz de la Huerta has actually been documenting her story of abuse and control in great detail.

Through her numerous social media posts (the only outlet she had until very recently), de la Huerta provided a first-person account of her systematic destruction at the hands of the people closest to her.

Is she actually crazy or did the abuse make that way? In an infamous interview about Hollywood, Dave Chappelle once said:


“The worst thing to call somebody is crazy. It’s dismissive. I don’t understand this person so they’re crazy.

That’s bullsh*t. These people are not crazy, they’re strong people. Maybe that environment (Hollywood) is a little sick.”

Hollywood is not only “a little sick”. It is very sick. It completely destroys minds, bodies, and souls. It turns strong, intelligent and talented people into spaced-out zombies who appear to be completely out of it.

It takes an incredible amount of strength to come back from mind control at the hands of the occult elite – and many don’t come back from it.

In short, if something suspicious ever happens to Paz de la Huerta, the true cause of it is most likely contained in this article.


Related Articles:

Stranger Things Based on a True Story Montauk Project

The New York Times Makes Another Attempt To Normalize Pedophilia & Hollywood Is A Satanic Cesspool

The Actual Reason Why “Joker” was Bashed by Mass Media

Former Satanic Priest Exposes The Four Main Tenets Of Satanic Ideology & Are You A Satanist? You Could Be
And Not Even Know It + Ask An Ex-Satanist Anything - Katy Perry Super Bowl Ritual


Black Magic: Satanists Rule The World, Not Politicians, Bankers Or Military Heads [Although They Are
Usually All One And The Same] + Another Illuminati Whistleblower Speaks Out



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
How Much Of This Junk Are You Exposed To?
October 5 2020 | From: Inquisitr / Sott / NaturalNews / GreenMedInfo

We all know about toxins and poisons in the environment - the slow kill. Keep the populace sick while the globalist corporatocracy bleeds us dry of money for power whilst they get off on their depopulation Eugenics agenda.



Awareness of 'environmental toxins' that are literally all around us helps you keep some of the crap out of your system...

Related: Lawsuit reveals extent of DuPont's C8 Teflon cover-up



Antibacterial Soap Banned By FDA, Commonly Used Chemicals May Do More Harm Than Good

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has banned antibacterial soap sales in the United States, and the reason why is incredibly disturbing.



Many people have turned to antibacterial soap for years, believing them to be a safe and effective way to remove dirt and germs from the body and hands, and more effective than traditional soap and water. However, when the FDA banned the popular soaps, they informed the public that they might not be so effective after all.

Related: Glyphosate Herbicide And Toxic Heavy Metals Act Like "Binary Weapon" To Destroy Kidneys & Four Popular Companies Who Own The Medical Treatments For The Diseases Their Products Cause

What’s more and infinitely more disturbing, according to the FDA, the chemicals most commonly used in antibacterial soaps may not even be safe.

A total of 19 chemicals often used in antibacterial soaps have been targeted by the FDA, and the agency has given manufacturers only a year to remove them all from the products they are selling (and marketing as safe and effective) to the public.

As The New York Times reports, while nearly 20 chemicals were involved in the decision that led to the antibacterial soap being banned by the FDA, two are the primary culprits. Triclosan and triclocarban are used in both bar and liquid antibacterial soap, and they are almost everywhere.




When the FDA banned antibacterial soap this week based on the risks of using the product often outweighing the benefits, they didn’t ban the questionable chemicals from all products.

Reportedly, at least one toothpaste uses a now-banned chemical, but according to the FDA, in that product it’s risks are less than the benefits it provides to consumers.



While the news that antibacterial soap has been banned by the FDA may be shocking and sudden to some, the truth of the matter is that there have been questions about its safety for years and years.

As Smithsonian Magazine reports, the FDA has been threatening to ban antibacterial soap for years. In the article, published in 2014, cited questions that the FDA had about the safety and effectiveness of antibacterial soap.

Even then, the FDA warned that antibacterial soap would be banned if manufacturers didn’t prove that it was both safe and more effective than using soap and water.



Apparently, the industry was unable to prove that antibacterial soap is safe or provides a public benefit that outweighs the potential risk of exposure of the chemicals used in the product.

At the time of the Smithsonian Magazine article, triclosan (with is banned as part of the FDA’s sweeping decision on antibacterial soap) was used in roughly 30 percent of all bar soap and 75 percent of liquid antibacterial soap. In 2014, the antibacterial soap industry, now banned by the FDA, was worth about $1 billion.




In 2014, the antibacterial soap industry was put on notice by the FDA. They were told to prove the safety of their product by 2016 or see their product banned. Despite the fact that manufacturers had turned antibacterial soap into a $1 billion industry and were given two years, they chose not to put together the required proof that they were selling a product that is safe and effective.

And plenty of people are speculating that the reason that the antibacterial soap industry didn’t prove to the FDA that their product is safe is that they know that it isn’t.





But rather than simply removing it from the market themselves (or demonstrate its safety), the antibacterial soap industry continued to use the questionable chemicals and sell personal hygiene products that may not be safe until the FDA announced that the products were banned.

Even now, antibacterial soap can be legally sold, despite questions about its safety.



In the aftermath of the announcement that the FDA had banned antibacterial soap, public health professionals have overwhelmingly supported the decision, adding that the chemicals in antibacterial soap can alter the hormones of children and even contribute to the problem of antibiotic-resistant superbugs.


“It has boggled my mind why we were clinging to these compounds, and now that they are gone I feel liberated They had absolutely no benefit but we kept them buzzing around us everywhere. They are in breast milk, in urine, in blood, in babies just born, in dust, in water.”

Recent studies into the chemicals found in antibacterial soap products have resulted in some very disturbing discoveries regarding the harm they can do to animals and likely to humans, too.

Among the problems caused by the now-banned products include severe abnormalities having to do with metabolism and reproduction. According to the CDC, the chemicals found in FDA banned antibacterial soap have been found in the bodily waste of 75 percent of U.S. residents.

Related: Why Touching Receipts Can Harm Your Health




Kinder and Lindt Chocolate Bars Revealed to Contain Cancer-Causing Carcinogens

Tests carried out by a German watchdog revealed Kinder chocolate bars and two other brands tested positive for a hazardous cancer-causing substance.

Surprise!

Foodwatch called for Ferrero's Kinder Riegel, Lindt's Fioretto Nougat Minis, and Sun Rice Classic Schokohappen by Rübezahl to be taken off the shelves on Monday after tests found "possible carcinogens."

Related: Lawsuit Could End Water Fluoridation Once And For All By Demonstrating Its Neurotoxicity

The sweet treats had been contaminated with "so-called aromatic mineral oils (MOAH)," says Foodwatch, but the manufacturers are allegedly reluctant to recall their products.


"The manufacturer is guilty of gross negligence. Instead of clearing the dangerous candy from the shelves and alerting consumers, they [postulate]... that everything was undertaken legally," said Foodwatch's John Heeg.

Foodwatch tested more than 20 different kinds of potato chips and chocolate snacks and found saturated mineral oils (MOSH) which it warned can "accumulate in the human body and [cause] long term damage to organs" with children particularly at risk.

"There is no acceptable levels of mineral oils in food for consumption," Heeg told the German edition of The Local, citing the European Food Safety Authority (EFSA) who he says considers MOAHs "likely carcinogenic and mutagenic."

"You can't see it, you can't taste it, but it's in there," warned Hegg. "We recommend not purchasing these products because the levels are simply unacceptable for consumption."

Kinder Riegel, "one of the best-selling chocolate bars in Germany," had the worst MOSH and MOAH values. The chemicals are usually transferred to foods through recycled packaging that previously had been printed with inks which may contain oils.

Foodwatch is calling for strict limits on saturated mineral oils (MOSH) in food and a zero tolerance for aromatic mineral oils (MOAH).




Brain Damaging Heavy Metal Mercury Found in Grocery Products Made With High Fructose Corn Syrup (HFCS)

HFCS is ubiquitous in the modern processed food supply. It's added to pizza sauce, salad dressings, ketchup and "whole wheat" breads. Did you know it's often contaminated with the toxic heavy metal mercury?



The following excerpt is from my new book Food Forensics, available now for preorder on Amazon.com or Barnes & Noble.

Related: Newly Published Retrospective Study Nails Aluminum In Vaccines As Unsafe + Mercury In Vaccines May Be Up To 50 Times More Toxic To The Brain Than Mercury In Fish

Watch the video trailer for Food Forensics at this Youtube link. What follows is extracted from a near-final manuscript of the book:


HFCS and Mercury Contamination

High-fructose corn syrup (HFCS) is a highly processed sweetener made primarily from corn and found in a plethora of food and beverages on grocery store shelves.

The U.S. Department of Agriculture's Economic Research Service estimated in 2011 that the average consumer per capita consumes nearly 42 pounds of high fructose corn syrup per year. Not one, but two studies in 2009 found that HFCS commercially produced in America and American-bought HFCS products were tainted with mercury.

The first study published in the peer-reviewed journal Environmental Health found that, of twenty samples collected and analyzed from three different manufacturers, nine, or 45 percent, came back tainted with mercury.



The second study by watchdog group Institute for Agriculture and Trade Policy (IATP) purchased fifty-five food items from popular brands off grocery store shelves in the fall of 2008 -- items in which HFCS was the first or second principal ingredient -- and detected mercury in nearly a third of them.

The contamination may have been due to the fact that mercury cells are still used in the production of caustic soda, an ingredient used to make HFCS.

The HFCS mercury plot thickens, however. Online news outlet Grist reported that the lead researcher in the Environmental Health study, Renee Dufault, previously worked as an FDA researcher.

Dufault had apparently turned over the information contained in her HFCS mercury study to the agency back in 2005, but the FDA reportedly sat on it and did nothing, so Dufault went public with it after she retired in 2008.



How Big Food Cornered the Market with a Liquid Sweetener

Initial attempts to get corn syrup widely dispersed into the U.S. food supply in the 1970s didn't really take off because sugar was so cheap and abundant at the time. However, this changed, as U.S.- imposed tariffs decreased sugar imports throughout the 1970s and early 1980s, making sugar significantly more expensive in America than in other parts of the world.

The surface explanation for these tariffs was to protect American sugar farmers; behind the scenes, however, Big Agra interests had lobbied for the policy to promote what would become a new source of sugar - derived from corn - which soon emerged as a popular commodity that was sold at a price significantly cheaper than cane sugar or beet sugar.



Archer Daniels Midland opened the first large-scale plant in 1978 (before they acquired the Clinton Corn Processing Company) to produce 90 percent HFCS and 55 percent HFCS. By January 1980, Coca-Cola began allowing high fructose corn syrup to be used as a sweetener at 50 percent levels with regular sugar; Pepsi Cola followed suit by 1983.

By November 1984, both major soft drink brands had approved full sweetening with HFCS, and HFCS quickly captured 42 percent of the sweetener market. The rising dominance of HFCS allowed it to maintain commercial prices similar to sugar until the 1990s.



Government Money Subsidizing Corn Syrup

For the past several decades, the U.S. government has paid subsidies to American farmers to grow tons of corn (much of which -- nearly 90 percent -- is genetically modified) and shifted domestic agricultural policy to maximize corn crops. This made high-fructose corn syrup and other corn-derived processed ingredients much cheaper for industrial food manufacturers to use.

Today, HFCS is nearly ubiquitous on American grocery store shelves. It can be found in a wide range of items, including candy, ice cream, bread, chips, snacks, soups, soft drinks, fruit drinks and other beverages, condiments, jellies, deli meats, and much, much more.



Overall, Americans consume about fifty to sixty pounds of high fructose corn syrup per capita – an insane amount. HFCS has been linked in scientific research to obesity, diabetes, heart disease, fatty liver and other contributors of bad health and early death.

As the biggest dietary source of fructose, HFCS also promotes insulin resistance and increasing uric acid levels, which contribute to metabolic dysfunction and type 2 diabetes. Further, researchers in 2008 found a correlation between high fructose consumption and liver scarring in non-alcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD), which is present in nearly a third of American adults.



Corn Refiners Association Attempts to Hoodwink Consumers

On top of lobbying efforts, the Corn Refiners Association, an industry organization of which Archer Daniels Midland a is a key member, launched the website sweetsurprise.com as a media relations ploy to debunk "myths" about HFCS and clarify "The Facts about High Fructose Corn Syrup."

It also ran well-funded TV advertising starting in 2008 sticking up for the industry's favorite sweetener and asserting that "sugar is sugar," which prompted a lawsuit by sugar producers claiming false advertising in 2011. The FDA also demanded the corn industry stop using the term "corn sugar" without approval.



In 2012, the FDA rejected a petition filed by the Corn Refiners Association in 2010 to change the name of high-fructose corn syrup to "corn sugar" for the purposes of food labeling and advertising. The Corn Refiners Association claims that it wanted the name change to "educate consumers," the majority of whom are "confused about HFCS."

To keep reading, get my new book Food Forensics, available now for pre-order everywhere books are sold.





How Sucralose (Splenda) Affects Health [Artificial Sweeteners in General]

The emergence of sucralose came from the fight against obesity, but did we trade one problem for another?

This video was originally published on NutritionFacts.org and republished with permission.

In the United States, sucralose (the sweet tasting chemical in Splenda brand artificial sweeteners) was approved for use by the FDA in 1998. It was deemed safe, but we no have over a decade’s worth of research to prove that sucralose affects health in a very negative and very unique way.

The only effect they thought it would have on health was that it could potentially trigger migraines in a small percentage of people.

This, they decided, was a small enough issue that the FDA allowed the substance into the marketplace, citing obesity as a more pressing issue. They could not have been more wrong.

One of the major complications that can come from obesity is diabetes, where the body no longer responds to insulin properly. Originally meant to combat issues like obesity-caused diabetes, lab tests show that insulin resistance increases by as much as 20% after ingesting the sugar substitute.



The cause can be traced back to gut bacteria and how sucralose and other artificial sweeteners can alter their environments. For example; Aspartame is another type of artificial sweetener which studies have shown is metabolized in the body as formaldehydea known carcinogen.

Furthermore, alterations in gut bacteria are also very likely the culprit behind the rise in inflammatory bowel diseases like Crohn’s disease.

In every part of the world where sucralose has been approved, inflammatory bowel disease has increased. Clearly, there is a causal link between this substance and the health of our gut.

Though the alternative to sugar was created in an effort to combat obesity, with all of the complications and damage it can cause, it’s clear that how sucralose affects health – negatively. This just further proves that we can all do ourselves a service by sticking to natural foods whose benefits don’t have to be decided on by a committee.






Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
How To Become Immune To Mind Control | How TV Affects Your Brain Chemistry For The Worse
October 4 2020 | From: SitsShow

Television has been used as a medium for dispensing news, entertainment and information for over 90 years at this point.



The effects of this nearly pandemic device are little acknowledge by mainstream society, but within a growing population of inquisitive individuals the mind altering attributes of this seemingly benign device are well understood. 

Related: The New Mind Control: “Subliminal Stimulation”; Controlling People Without Their Knowledge

They call it tell-a-vision for a reason, because our minds at a certain level of consciousness, are unable to distinguish between the images on screen and reality itself. Additionally the unconscious mind becomes stimulated via focused attention on the items presented, generating a wealth of internal insights, ideas, and concepts.



Related: Government Accidentally Sends Files On “Remote Mind Control” To Journalist

If these are left unprocessed, if we do not analyze the internal generated products as a result of watching TV, they settle into our being, altering our perception and distorting our values.

And so, TV, like all things can be a powerful tool for expanding consciousness or it can create chaos and strife if the powers of our discernment are never used. 


The All Seeing Attributes of the Unconscious Mind

In the below linked article on A.I. Robots, we discuss mirror neuron's and how they suggest a biological component to empathy; the basis of morality. This part of the brain receives information as if observed events are happening to us directly, in other words we are hard wired for empathy.



Related: Colonizing The Western Mind

The unconscious mind is hardwired to receive all information from within and without, storing it as memories that alter our conscious mind's processes.

In other words there is an aspect of us that is literally all seeing, which provides us a wealth of data that can be consciously analyzed and distilled, eventually allowing us to gain knowledge of all things in our experience; if we but do the inner work of philosophy, contemplation and discernment. 

Here is an excerpt from the article:


“Enter the AI drone or soldier debate. The military industrial complex has long desired a highly obedient yet adaptable soldier, able to execute commands without question and anticipate needs so as to change tactics of battle real time.

Human beings are programable, but human nature allows us to change, providing an unending source of risk and error for military activities.

For example, in the Civil War, 50% of soldiers froze when aiming at a living target, and in some cases instinctually missed. This was despite standard training and practice shooting. What was the problem? - empathy.  

"Lt. Col. Dave Grossman, a psychologist and professor of military science, looked at this evidence and concluded “that there is within most men an intense resistance to killing their fellow man. A resistance so strong that, in many circumstances, soldiers on the battlefield will die before they can overcome it.”


In some ways this isn’t all that surprising. Very few people would seek out an opportunity to kill others. At the same time, you may find it hard to believe that it is sometimes impossible for soldiers to kill others even when their own lives are at risk."
The Psychology of Killing and the Origins of War 

Empathy is 'hardwired' into living organisms, with increasing levels of actualization in higher order life. Modern science has acknowledged this in discovering the so called mirror neurons, which fires when an action is taken by an organism or when it is observed.

This is why when we watch another getting hurt we react as if we have been hurt. This subconscious and unavoidable process is the foundation for empathy processing, which concordantly is the basis for morality."

The brain is profoundly affected by what we experience, even if it comes from TV. As the below article discusses, the brainwave patterns of movie goers actually synchronizes from the hypnotic effects of watching images and sound on film. 

Related: TV Side Effects | 12 Little-Known Ways That Television Stifles Spiritual Awakening [and the Mind]

Does this mean all video, film and movies are bad?



Related: NY Times Reporter Found Murdered After Exposing MKUltra?

In my view, the programing of one's mind using TV is due to lack of conscious processing. Often the worldviews, ideals and opinions offered are not questioned or contemplated, we do not engage in philosophy as a civilization any longer; thats what TV is for!

This also applies to any other source of information, such as school, literature, advertising and even mild conversation.

Anytime an idea enters the mind and it is not contemplated and reconciled with our knowledge base, it settles into the unconscious as is


The Technique For Dispelling Suggestion and Mind Control

The mind has two primary modes of expression, conscious thought and unconscious absorption. The conscious mind is where two or more ideas can be compared, revealing patterns and inconsistencies.

The unconscious mind is a powerful observer, able to receive and store all information streaming in as insight and intuition (random thoughts), and without as sensory data.

Science has proven that even though we may not notice something consciously, the unconscious mind does, settling into the total consciousness; effecting our behavior. 



Related:
Brainwashed: The Goal Of The Media Is To Poison The Minds Of The Masses With Toxic Hatred And Engineered “Thought Loops”

Therefore, the key to undoing any form of mind control (unconsciously accepted suggestions) is through the conscious mind. Essentially a subliminal suggestion is an illusion or magic trick, it only fools us into thinking it's real so long as we never investigate it.

But once we know how the trick is done, we see the whole truth more clearly, and now we are conscious of the subtle suggestion, able to dismiss it with ease.

Ignorance is the foundation upon which all forms of mind control and subtle suggestion work, therefore dispelling it with knowledge - the conscious act of seeking the truth - is the primary tool for gaining freedom.

In my own experience, after researching these topics in earnest over the past five years, it is now clear how many suggestions are spread liberally into almost all media. For example, often in police dramas the cops show up at the door of a suspect or witness needing to conduct a search or look for someone inside.

When answering the door, rarely if ever do the police have a warrant. The person answering the door usually just lets the police in without a word of question; never asking to see a warrant.

This fictional story sends a subtle suggestion to the watcher, that most people don't ask for warrants.



Related: Television Mind Control Exposed

And since the vast majority of people base their behavior on what everyone else does, they are effectively being programed to never ask for a warrant. Even if they do have the notion to ask for one, the social pressure from this suggestion will require a major act of will to overcome. 

But all of this can only work on an unconscious mind; an unawake person. Once the sleeper has awakened, and we begin to consciously investigate the mind control all around us, it becomes very easy to spot subliminal suggestion when encountered.

Just like it can become easy to tell when someone is lying to us after we've passed through the initiative experience of being lied to, in this way, the efforts of our would-be masters to control the masses actually provides us with the information we need to become immune to such forms of control. 



Related: Orwell’s Dystopian CCTV Surveillance State Comes To Life In China – Who’s Next?

The solution to external control, therefore, is to become conscious, awaken and active. To use the power of philosophy - the exploration of meanings, to analyze and discern the suggestions constantly pouring into our minds.

A deception, illusion or fraud, once recognized, is forever dissolved by the now wise and discerning mind.

And these skills of self mastery and sovereignty can now be shared with others. In essence each of us who accepts the mission of facing these forms of control, can now become a force to counter them, an epicenter of awakened and active consciousness. 



Related: Corporate Mass Media Controls Your Mind

In my view, reviewing mainstream TV, especially news, is an essential part of training discernment and strengthening mental discipline. We can literally watch TV looking for suggestions. Try doing this with scenes in your favorite show, attempt to observe the events of the story and what they are implying about the characters in it.

Often there are flagrant examples of suggestion such as symbols or words flashed on the screen at a point in the story that when put together creates a subtle suggestion.


In any popular TV series or film there are many layers of suggestion to discover and gain mastery over by exercising these skills of internal discernment. 

One final point on TV is the actual technology used. In our modern age Cathode Ray Tube televisions have been almost completely phased out. These devices produce an extremely intense electromagnetic field that disrupts the bodies delicate organic field.



Related: Deep State? What About Elite Television News Anchors?

These fields govern a huge amount of processes within our bodies and minds. It has been demonstrated that the minds ability to create a stable image or thought is significantly reduced after exposure to older TV's. But this effect also happens when viewing any imagery for prolonged periods of time, without also exercising the imagination using discernment. 


Imagination Is Essential

It is during philosophy, contemplation, investigation, insight and meditation that these innate imaginative powers are exercised and honed.

The imagination is an essential aspect of our beingness, the foundation of holistic intelligence, balanced emotional states and even psi-abilities.

Any adverse affects of TV on the mind, by way of implantation of thought forms, belief systems and values, can be almost totally reversed by a dedicated and active process of mental activity. 



Related: Study Shows Kids Are Born Creative Geniuses But The Education System Destroys Imagination

We must think about what we're watching, sift through meanings and reveal insights, develop an appreciation for symbolism and the power of consciousness to explore ideas.

In this way TV becomes a powerful tool for expanding consciousness, so long as we learn to use the discerning powers of the mind and healing energy of the heart. 

As I often like to say: "learn to use your mind, or someone else will."



Related Articles:

Network: Howard Beale, The Last Sane Man In The World: Television As A Form Of Knowledge In The New Age

July 20, 1977: CIA Mind Control Project MKUltra Documents Released For The First Time

Divine Feminine in Distress - She is waiting for your Divine Masculine! | All human beings are divided into four general classes by Manly P. Hall

Social Engineering - The War On The Higher Mind Of Humans: Here’s Why You Should Consider Converting Your Music To A=432 Hz

'Killer robots' with AI must be banned, urge Stephen Hawking, Noam Chomsky and thousands of others in open letter

Decoding Fiction - Science of Meaning | As Above So Below (Fractal) Symbolism in Once Upon A Time TV Series


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
5G Cell Phone Radiation: How The Telecom Companies Are Losing The Battle To Impose 5G Against The Will Of The People + French NGOs Demand Stop To ‘Out Of Control’ 5G Network
October 3 2020 | From: GlobalResearach / Connexion / Various

The telecommunications companies and the mainstream media would have you believe that the race to roll out 5G is unstoppable. That you are nothing and no one in the face of a lethal multi-trillion-dollar agenda imposed by some of the most powerful entities on the planet.



They thought that if they called their new, alleged “communications technology”, adapted from the military Active Denial Technology, “5G” or fifth generation, the public would just assume that it was more of the same as 4G, 3G or 2G.

Related: Erin Brockovich Law Firm Joins Citizens’ Lawsuit Against 5G and Wireless Radiation

And if they could characterise the rollout as a race, the public would not have enough time to find out what a killer technology 5G is. How wrong they were!

Not only has the public found out, but now they know how lethal previous generations of wireless technology – to be used concurrently with 5G – are as well.

Below is the evidence from a number of different countries that the pushback is huge and growing.

The telcos have lost the propaganda war, despite their control of the mainstream media, from which not a whisper of the dangers of 5G is heard, and of social media and Youtube, who have been desperately deleting millions of accounts to silence the naysayers.

In an impassioned speech before the United Nations General Assembly on 24 September 2019, UK Prime Minister Boris Johnson stated that digital authoritarianism is not the stuff of dystopian fantasy but of an emerging reality.

He described the Internet of Things, “smart” cities and AI as a giant, dark thundercloud lowering ever more oppressively over the human race, a gathering force reshaping the future of humanity over which the human race has no control and from which, in future, there may be nowhere to hide.





Former President Of Microsoft Canada Frank Clegg: On Safety & 5G/Wireless Technologies





Related: 5G Wireless Technology Is War against Humanity & 5G – The Global Human Experiment Without Consent





He asked if algorithms could be trusted with our lives and hopes and whether machines should be allowed to doom us to a cold and heartless future in an Orwellian world designed for censorship, repression and control.

He recalled the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and endorsed its ideals of upholding freedom of opinion and expression, the privacy of home and correspondence, and the right to seek and impart information and ideas.

He exhorted the academic committees, company boards and industry standards groups who are writing the rulebooks of the future, making ethical judgements, and choosing what will or will not be rendered possible to find the right balance between freedom and control, between innovation and regulation, between private enterprise and government oversight.

He insisted that the ethical judgements inherent in the design of new technology must be made transparent to all and that joint efforts must be made to agree a common set of global principles to shape the norms and standards that will guide the development of emerging technology.

What follows is a citizen journalist’s list of the actions taken to halt 5G and reports and complaints that have discredited this Machiavellian attempt to foist a disastrous technology on the world in 2019.



Related: The 5G Electromagnetic “Mad Zone” Poised To Self-Destruct: The 5G “Dementors” Meet The 4G “Zombie
Apocalypse” & 5G Wireless: A Ridiculous Front For Global Control


It is not an exhaustive list and I extend my apologies to all those whose efforts I may have overlooked here and much gratitude to all who have contributed to making this pushback so successful.

However, we cannot afford to be complacent and, in particular, we must work to stop the use of the Earth orbits and the stratosphere to beam 5G down to Earth, for this puts the ionosphere and the entire planet at risk.

We must also work to ensure that the use of street lights with blue light for this anti-life agenda is rapidly reversed.

The effort to stop 5G is still gathering momentum and we must continue to work together and tirelessly to protect all life on Earth and the planet itself until this demented plan is relegated to the history books as the most Mephistophelian scheme in the history of humankind.

1 US

2018

Scientist Says 1 in 2 children born in 2025 will be autistic – something is clearly causing this health crisis of historic proportions. “If you take the data that the CDC has provided since 1975 and plot it, you can see that it’s an exponential growth curve. You can extend the line. … My feeling is that things are worse than the line. So I think that 1 in 2 in 2025 is not an unreasonable prediction.”
2 USA

24 June 18

Author Naomi Wolf reports EMF reactions, cloud anomalies and their correlation with irritable and stressed behaviour in New York.
3 Taiwan

28 Dec 18

Taiwan’s five wireless carriers say that they will not rush to roll out 5G services in the absence of a profitable business model to sell the revolutionary technology, in spite of all the use cases that have been suggested.
4 Switzerland

2018

The government appoints a group of experts to probe the risks involved with introducing 5G, whose findings should be published by the end of 2019. The Swiss Federation of Doctors also urges caution, maintaining that “as long as there is no scientific proof that raising the radiation limits will not impact health, one must refrain from raising them.”
5 Austria

4 January 19

After 5G is officially switched on in Vienna in November 2018, former UN staff member reports Vienna’s first EMF injuries.
6 Europe

13 January

Journalist group Investigate Europe publishes “The ICNIRP Cartel: Who’s Who in the EMF Research World, an interactive graphic”, exposing conflicts of interest among ICNIRP members.
7 USA

14 January

Congresswomen Eshoo and Speier introduce BillHR530 to block FCC cell tower pre-emption and preserve local government control and invalidate the Federal Communications Commission’s (FCC) 26 September 2018 ruling to accelerate the deployment of 5G small cells throughout the US.
8 USA

14 January

Russia Today (RT) Americaairs the first of 7 reports on the dangers of 5G: 5G Wireless: A Dangerous ‘Experiment on Humanity’. “Is there a catch?”, asks the presenter. “Just a small one”, comes the reply, “It just might kill you”. The segment is viewed 1.8 million times.
9 European Commission

14 January

The Scientific Committee on Health, Environmental and Emerging Risks (SCHEER) rates the potential effects on wildlife of increases in electromagnetic radiation from 5G a maximum 3 in terms of scale, urgency and interactions with other ecosystems and species, stating that “The lack of clear evidence to inform the development of exposure guidelines to 5G technology leaves open the possibility of unintended biological consequences”.
10 Italy

16 January

The Lazio regional administrative court decrees that the ministries of environment, health and education have six months to launch information campaigns on the risks associated with the use of mobile phones.
11 USA

25 January

The Illinois Supreme Court rules that a woman can sue Six Flags Great America for fingerprinting her child without telling her how the data would be used in violation of the state’s biometric law. “This is no mere ‘technicality,'” Chief Justice Lloyd Karmeier writes in the opinion. “The injury is real and significant.”
12 Italy

30 January

An Italian Court in the city of Monza rules the acoustic neuroma brain tumour of an airport employee to be an occupational disease caused by exposure to the radiation from a cell phone he used for over 10 years for his work.
13 USA

6 February

US Senator Blumenthal definitively establishes that no safety studies have been done on 5G.
14 USA

February

At least 21 US cities/regions pass ordinances restricting “small cell” installation, and many are charging “recertification fees” to make it unprofitable for the wireless industry.
15 USA

9 February

Sierra Club California Conservation Committee adopts resolution to ask the National Sierra Club to take an oppose position to the deployment of 5G and small cell technology without local input and environmental review. The Sierra Club was founded in 1892 and is the oldest and largest grassroots environmental organization in the US.
16 Switzerland

18 February

Study: Radiation From Smartphones May Impair Memory In Teens. A research team at the Swiss Tropical and Public Health Institute says that radio frequency electromagnetic fields (RF-EMF) may negatively affect an adolescent’s brain from cellphone exposure, causing potentially harmful effects on his or her memory performance. The authors say having the device close to one’s head lead to the greatest amount of radiation exposure.
17 UN

22 February

The Planetary Association for Clean Energy (PACE) submits a statement to the UN revealing that allowable international “radiation limits will have to be increased by 30 to 40%” in order to make 5G deployment technologically feasible and calls 5G “an experiment on humanity that constitutes cruel, inhuman and degrading treatment” in violation of more than 15 international treaties and agreements.
18 ICNIRP

3 March

Eric Van Rongen, Chair of ICNIRP [self-proclaimed international commission on non-ionizing radiation protection, but actually just a German NGO], the organisation whose non-transparent pronouncements on the international limits at which phones can emit radiofrequency are strangely adopted by UN bodies, calls 5G “a public health experiment”, stating that “It will be necessary to gain more information about the exposure and any health problems that might come from an effect of that exposure”.
19 UK

3 March

The Daily Telegraph asks, Do smartphones cause cancer? World Health Organisation to assess brain tumour link.
20 USA

7 March

A class action lawsuit is filed against the FCC by 62 entities and municipalities across the USA. aimed at first slowing down and then vacating the FCC “order and declaratory ruling purporting to streamline the deployment of wireless facilities by pre-empting local government authority”.
21 Netherlands

9 March

Utrecht City Council decides unanimously to postpone decision-making on 4G and 5G infrastructure on new lamp posts until the risks to health and privacy are better understood.
22 France

10 March

Popular French astrophysicist and philosopher Aurélien Barrau causes a storm In France when he announces on Twitter “5G kills … We have already killed 70% of the living (with almost no global warming). Do we want to choose life or the speed of the telephone network?”
23 Guernsey

11 March

Call to halt 5G technology in Guernsey due to health fears, ITV News.
24 UK

17 March

Insurers announce premature death trend. British insurer Legal & General CEO says: “There’s been a long discussion about whether this is a blip or a trend, and sadly it’s looking like a trend.”
25 Germany

20 March

Without invoking the precautionary principle, the Federal Office for Radiation Protection (BfS) admits that the effects of the higher frequencies of 5G are not yet well researched and advises that 5G should be developed cautiously. It states that consideration needs to be given to whether people will be exposed to much higher radiation.
26 UK

23 March

Sacha Stone publishes documentary 5G Apocalypse: The Extinction Event. (565,354 views as at 3 October 2019).
27 USA

24 March

Portland, Oregon city officials state clear opposition to the installation of 5G networks around the city, supported by the mayor and two commissioners.
28 Italy

28 March

Florence applies the precautionary principle, refusing permissions for 5G and referring to “the ambiguity and the uncertainty of supranational bodies and private bodies (like ICNIRP)”, which “have very different positions from each other, despite the huge evidence of published studies”.
29 Italy

28 March

One Roman district votes against 5G trials, with others expected to follow. Other motions to Stop 5G are expected in the four regional councils, one provincial council and other municipal councils of Italy.
30 Russia

28 March

The Russian Ministry of Defense refuses to transfer frequencies for 5G, which effectively delays any 5G rollout there for several years.
31 USA

28 March

New Jersey Congressman Andy Kim sends a letter, noting that, “Current regulations governing radiofrequency (RF) safety were put in place in 1996 and have not yet been reassessed for newer generation technologies.”
32 Belgium

31 March

Belgian Environment Minister announces that Brussels is halting the 5G rollout, saying, “The people of Brussels are not guinea pigs whose health I can sell at a profit.” It turns out that there is now no methodology to effectively measure the radiation of MIMO antennas, which have the characteristic of varying field in time, space and intensity, unlike antennas used for 2G, 3G and 4G, which emit radiation of constant intensity and space. Celine Fremault therefore asserted that, as this technical obstacle was not resolved, she would not go further in the legislative process.
33 USA

April

The Blue Cross Blue Shield health insurance association reports that millennials – the first generation to grow up using cell phones – are experiencing an unprecedented decline in their health when they reach their late 20s.
34 EU

April

An EU report admits that 5G is a massive experiment, lamenting that “it is not possible to accurately simulate or measure 5G emissions in the real world” and stating that “complex interference effects … may result, especially in dense urban areas.”
35 Germany

4 April

54,600 Germans sign a petition to force the German Bundestag to debate 5G.
36 Netherlands

4 April

Members of Parliament in the Netherlands insist that radiation research must be carried out before any approval of the 5G network.
37 USA

4 April

The California Supreme Court publishes an opinion supporting municipal authority to make regulations on so-called ‘small cell’ PROW (public right of way) towers and uses of the public’s right-of-way. This opinion affirms the 2016 appellate court ruling.
38 USA

5 April

The California Supreme Court Justices unanimously uphold a 2011 San Francisco ordinance requiring telecommunications companies to get permits before placing antennas on city infrastructure.
39 Switzerland

9 April

The Canton of Vaud adopts a resolution calling for a moratorium on 5G antennas until the publication of a report on 5G by the Swiss Federal Office for the Environment.
40 Switzerland

10 April

Geneva adopts a motion for a moratorium on 5G, calling on the Council of State to request WHO to monitor independent scientific studies to determine the harmful effects of 5G.
41 France

11 April

French lawmaker Jean-Paul Lecoq raises the wide range of risks posed by the 5G deployment in the National Assembly.
42 USA

15 April

Oregon Representative Peter A. DeFazio, House Transportation and Infrastructure Committee Chairman, writes a letter to FCC Chairman Ajit Pai and acting FDA Commissioner Sharpless regarding the status of the government’s research into the potential health effects of RF radiation and its relation to the FCC’s guidelines for safe human RF exposure levels.
43 USA

16 April

New York Congressman Thomas Suozzi sends a letter to the FCC seeking answers about the technology. “Small cell towers are being installed in residential neighborhoods in close proximity to houses throughout my district. ,,, My constituents are worried that should this technology be proven hazardous in the future, the health of their families and value of their properties would be at serious risk.”
44 Switzerland

17 April

The Federal Office for the Environment (FOEN) sends a 7-page information letter to all cantonal governments for the purpose of “calming the situation”. It claims that the new 5G adaptive (directional) antennas would mean much lower exposures for the population: “The beam cone is now aligned directly to the user and in all other radiation directions the radiation is lower [sic].”
45 Switzerland

17 April

The Swiss government announces the introduction of a monitoring system to assuage concerns about the potential health impact of fifth-generation (5G) mobile frequency emissions and smooth the cutting-edge technology’s rollout. The move comes as some Swiss cantons baulk at authorizing new antennas needed to support 5G services after a spectrum auction in February that raised 380 million Swiss francs ($377 million).
46 USA

26 April

The US National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) and NASA clash with the Federal Communications Commission (FCC), which oversees US wireless networks, saying that next-generation mobile technology could interfere with crucial satellite-based Earth observations.
47 France

26 April

French farmers sue the state over mystery cow deaths they blame on electromagnetic fields. A group of French cattle farmers is suing the state over the mysterious death of hundreds of cows, which they believe are the victims of harmful electromagnetic fields. Several studies have shown that livestock, particularly cattle, are affected by even low-level electromagnetic fields
48 Swiss Re

May

Insurance company Swiss Re”s report on New Emerging Risk Insights states that “Existing concerns regarding potential negative health effects from electromagnetic fields (EMF) are only likely to increase. An uptick in liability claims could be a potential long-term consequence. … interruption and subversion of the 5G platform could trigger catastrophic, cumulative damage.”
49 Denmark

4 May

A legal opinion by a Danish law firm states that rolling out 5G is illegal under EU and international law: It is the conclusion of this legal opinion that establishing and activating a 5G-network, as it is currently described, would be in contravention of current human